Home

SERVICE MANUAL

1. FEED TNR ENP 5 SI ELECTRO SNR 3 202 MAGUNETIC a CLUTCH 1 z 3 P201 XERO CRU 3 z REGI GATE Ge ELECTRO nm MAGUNETIC SOS SENSOR d Toe ld IJ p FUSER EXIT 104 SENSOR PU 8 240 2 PIJ cru INTLK g 600 SWITCH2 SWITCH 3 STE SE 2 F U EXIT au Te 8 22 18 DIEN i SENSOR z i ES z Sg z E FULL STK So E SENSOR E EXIT GATE SOLENOID e ls 5 icu gt 3 3 PU ELECTRO sos sensor IS S a 218 MAGUNETIC S CLUTCH ICCU amp Pn ELECTRO PU as MAGUNETIC FUSER FAN 24 CLUTCH ES PH OCT amp a KM motor MAIN MOTOR P 205 8 PH SIZE 1 i 100 SENSOR INTLK switchi jehasa 8 I T 3 104 B SENSOR INTLK switcha CO E a gt E 3 Pid NOP 1 e ES 102 SENSOR o o PU 1 103 SENSOR DATA 3 To ROS Lo DRIVE P430 ES lt i Msi z Za amp SIZE El a SENSOR 35 E seu E CHE RE 213 8 z 3 Se 8 3 7 El SI 88 3 usw 3 KK E z SENSOR Msi FEED un Uu ELECTRO 2 MAGUNETIC El CLUTCH ACNUT S ee
2. WAR Signal Name Description n n OPT TX Status of Duplex Module sent to MCU High Mark INTLK SENSOR SENSOR SOLENOID DEXIT Low No mark T OPT RX Status of MCU sent to the Duplex Module High Mark AIR y imimim g E E Low No mark alma 123 2 1235 i 212 a Led DUPLEX DUP DET Monitors presence of a Duplex Module High Duplex S DRE Module installed Low Duplex Module not installed go amp uo Falo MOTOR cl Pas ve DREGI Monitors paper at the Registration Sensor High Paper present Low Paper not present 5 E z c E INV SW Monitors paper at the Fuser Exit Sensor High Paper a i z lt e Siz dz dz gt 8 JS sls present Low Paper not present Be gzs 328 3 AY SX o muas lt as za D s Jaz o 99 195 CL ICW Switches the Inverter CW Clutch High Off Low On N ele Geh E amp S S ATT CL ICCW Switches the Inverter CCW Clutch High Off Low On Ee ACE AM EE INTLK DUP Monitors the Duplex Cover Interlock Switch High Cover open Low Cover closed SNR DEXIT Monitors paper at the Duplex Exit Sensor High Paper present Low Paper not present SNR DWAIT Monitors paper at the Duplex Wait Sensor Hig
3. GNOGNOGNOENOSNOGNOGNOSNOGNOGNESNEGNCGNOS NOSNCENOGNOSNEGNOGNOGNESNCENOGNOSNCENOG IZENOGNOSNCGNOGNOGNSNOGNOGNOSNCSNOGNOGNOSNOGNCGNOSNOSNOGNOGNOGNCENOGNOGNOSNCGNOGNOSNCENOGNOGNOGND GNOSNCGNOGNOGNOGNOBNOGNOSND dados GND g A mm Veedel N Al o sess u 1 mamm AAL Model LP 9600 EPL N4000 a XOOOOOOODOOOOOOQC DOC OOOOQOO C LEER Q00C0000 as Sami EXE pa c O00000000 Ss DONAR G DOE N Board E D 1 of 7 gi 2 ou o IN c au c Oz MENT Du OND ONO S Iz CC UY p p c 6 AS O dos follo 7 EE to Fut BR MN H 2439 32 szwssadssssassssnsssd 4272093003003 day d3 a d EE GEERT 3 13 25 EEE ES M EE 22233333 z2 223333332233 332 2222333222223332 2 2z zx n El dad333333333533333333533333333333 3351532233333 3333 ER C r a 3j Zil 0 o OUR ARALAR QNS N9 YU YU Y R397 AMA i THWNTO DEER ee EIER A min d i OOQO 0000 xia enr mi sinsi x wx N 0 e ONS ohooh irs ro DNO ro o ro le GE Gi mi n ono coin toin o coo to C47 p AMI2AI 1 1 ONNTO E orzemxoonc EE See ao a a ee cie gt jo T ang 20x SEN bes 25 a Aa a see ss j i SEN t EN IBW r b y AM g4 C49 5 p C311 2 p Model E Anand Ron boara BO shee 2 o
4. E Signal Name Description Sieg p400 PT FUSER MAIN Switches Main Heat Rod Low On High Off NIMIRUM a lalala e 7 TypeDO CONSOLE Eta 1265 123458788 12 FUSER SUB Switches Heat Rod 2 Low On High Off P499 NM zz zz RELAY FUSER Fuser relay control that switches AC to the Heat EE EE EIS Be E C Rods Low On High Off 8 FO e 7 L d Zi EE FANSHI Switches Fuser Fan speed Low High speed REE E a E High Low speed ER e MT Tm AI iul A As a7 85 1 2 8 FAN FAIL Monitors Fuser Fan Low Operating correctly E High Not operating correctly 329 zl zE al d S Bn Oma al Se gt gt Si Z eg 3 E Zo amp ExaoloomZkoo oo El lel ES 3 OS ojoo2 iioo 2 oo 215 E E x o z B ES ze 58 LE 8 Ze gt E E FIRE LES Esa SEL ES el ale S F de seeker isos SSSR pass P 2 S gt a N fo o o 4 GOZZ NJN wt uu Z FAN ELEC BE J21 vm Ad Ai 63 34712611129105 6 1245 54321 6 24135 12 M ALLI P J502 P J501 P J502 P J477 P J23 P J478 PSLV X2 PWBA AC DRIVE Vy mn MIy J20 EE 5 M TRANS OUT 92 Sl 2 ACNOT gg Ts ceo 2 2 P30 CET EES 123 F52 F54 i T2 i i 11 F51 F53 Sp JL S z lt lt ju J19 123 ATATA 113 M du PVBA AC IF CONN H F55 J F56 a z 1 e INLET SSH601F Figure 7 10 AC InoNoise Filter LVPS C262 Main Controller Board AC Drive PWB D0 Console Rev A 221 EPSON EPL N4000 Control
5. 3 4 7 Horizontal Streaks Table 3 42 Horizontal Streaks Step Actions and Questions Yes No OProblem 2 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Go to step 3 Replace the There are black lines running TION ROS horizontally across the page 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly USUSPECT COMPONENTS 2 oo Ge Test ib de e Switc printer power halfway The following components are through the print cycle associated with this specific problem 3 Open the Left Upper Cover One or more of these components may 4 Open the Drum Shutter have failed partially or completely If you 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the cannot isolate the problem using this Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum FIP replace each component listed far enough so you can see the a developed image area on the Drum below one at a time until the problem before if reached Transtar disappears Is the image on the drum completely white without any horizontal streaks KEREN visible CRU Connector and Contact Springs 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replace the Go to step 4 Table 3 41 Horizontal Streaks Inspect the Blank Test Print you BTR generated in step 2 Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No Are horizontal streaks visible on the paper after Transfer 1 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 2 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Go to step 5 solved Install a new EP Cartridge 1 Generate another Blank Test Print and Fuser Are
6. BTR MON Monitors BTR current level BTR SEL Switches BTR voltage High Positive voltage Low Negative voltage BTR RMT Controls the current value to the BTR DTS ON Switches Detack Saw and Chute Bias voltage High Off Low On BCRAC CLK Controls the AC voltage value to the BCR Negative logic BCRDC ON Switches BCR voltage High Off Low On DBAC CLK Controls the AC voltage value to the Magnet Roll Negative logic DB ON Switches DB voltage Negative logic 225 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix J204 P204 NSPWR BEN J460 P460 1 H E 3 FANSLOW BLU 1 FANSFAIL BLU FUSER FAN 4 M 18 2 AUSTIN VIO 35m 2mm m P205 J205 MNOTSPWN BLU MCRCLK BLU 2 6 5V GRY 7m S 5VRTN VIO MAIN Yt M 24VRTN VIO Clo MOTOR 3 24VRTN VIO 16 j 24VSQ ORN um F 24VSQ ORN om P233 J233 OBN INTLK SM 1 P232 INTLK SM 2 24VSQ P523 J523 J458 P458 SER607FB Figure 7 16 Fuser Fan e Main Motor o Interlock SM1 amp SM2 MCU PWB Table 7 14 Signal Name Signal Name Description MMOT PWM Switches Main Motor High Off Low On MC CLK Monitors the speed of the Main Motor FFAN PWR Switches the Fuser Fan High On Low Off FANSLOW Switches the speed of the Fuser Fan High Low speed Low High speed FUSER FAI
7. HH GNOG NEG THT TTT TALL TH HL G MAC MAC 26 23 ononon SEX GEERT B a Ene sm 3 ag SEL El 0000 00000000 C Go ROMY Mao EIER ERE SE Sat SSES EE 888 SDRAM DIMM 777 7 GND K x ALE a 00 t coe R117 AA LOC 2111811400 WOO B3854 A00 Bh a A400 J A386 MA BER T gale kha al s so o Serer rs NEE Blob ase alol l BEER ua sc SEL SEL me RN SERERE COO COCO OOOCOOCOCO C XXX ICO 00900 pop muje nu j 388 uo a DRAM DIMM2 387 ANN 10K IC12 3 3 1018 GE au 74LVT844 74LV 74LVT244 La Sg LVT Ta B SR VCC VCC C63 ND 9 19 GND GND kn colo Vo ma oc oco aon Sls ze p 000000000000004 ORB ESQ e S n cS SR ART Nxxwxxxxvmommmmme oooaooooooooooco anaaonn OOOO AX O OC DOI hole mie jajajajja kt lo ho o Jia fou rep WOOT oomr ee sal al Ud a al Feb bs lale yy a eu A Da VOD El ig mola MOIZ MOIS MOIS MO MO Dag molo TIEN Dan E M M k Lolalolo kokokakc Soe MM168S Qe omar ou maso Uuuu cocaac See CNE RAM 6 c D DIMM1 NS DEE coccoococor AM
8. SER519FB Figure 7 42 Registration Rev A 253 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 20 Left Upper Cover Assembly Table 7 41 Parts Name for Left Upper Cover Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SHAFT HINGE SHAFT HINGE GEAR m n COVER ASSEMBLY L H XIP CHUTE LOWER GUIDE PAPER SPRING COMP CHUTE ASSEMBLY L H SPRING EXTENSION OO CO NI O aj A j N ROLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H GUIDE PAPER GUIDE PAPER PULLEY SUPPORT L H COVER Rev A a 1 0 2 v7 with 8 13 gt N 1 SX 11 lt lt SS 6 0 DUX Chapter 7 Appendix v3 with 4 14 PL 6 3 SER520FA Figure 7 43 Left Upper Cover Assembly 254 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 21 Transport Chute Assembly Table 7 42 Parts Name for Transport Chute Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SHAFT HINGE 2 SHAFT HINGE GEAR m n 3 COVER ASSEMBLY L H XIP 4 CHUTE LOWER 5 GUIDE PAPER 6 SPRING COMP 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY L H 8 SPRING EXTENSION 9 ROLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 10 CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION L H 11 GUIDE PAPER 12 GUIDE PAPER 13 PULLEY 14 FRAME L H F 15 FRAME L H R 16 HANDLE ASSEMBLY L H SERS21F Figure 7 44 Transport Chute Assembly Rev A 255 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendi
9. ch106 ch105 Figure 1 5 Exterior Dimension with Mailbox Duplex unit and High Figure 1 4 Exterior Dimension No optional parts Capacity Feeder Rev A 12 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description O Weight No optional parts included Note Toner life is estimated based on continuous printing on A4 size 41 1 Kg 120V with 5 print coverage Toner life will vary according to print 43 6Kg 200V series coverage and printing method continuous or intermittent print density toner save mode etc This rotation corresponds to approximately 45000 sheets W High Capacity Feeder Less than 35 Kg printing at A4 continuous printing landscape setting This OPC m Mailbox Less than 16Kg drum life is indicated by minute s calculated from the turn on Less than 6Kg Bracket the engine status sheet O Optional parts weight W Duplex Print Unit Less than 5 5 Kg plete eeh W Method to distinguish ID on the cartridge 1 2 9 Other Specifications W Type Check OEM maker and if it is for Japan or for abroad O Noise m Stand by Approx 42 dB 1 2 11 Configuration B Operating Approx 69 dB In the EPL N4000 controller the following settings can be configured Ste according to the market destination The settings are made with jumper m Ozone Density Less than 0 02 ppm resistors and must thus be set at the factory P Toxicity OPC Tonner and plastic materials are all nontoxic c T P Table 1 18 Destination d
10. Rev A 107 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 53 Background Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Goto Suspect 1 Generate another Blank Test Print Fuser Components and switch OFF printer power when Assembly the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is paper clean before it enters the Fuser but there is background on the paper when it exits the Fuser Rev A 108 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 12 Skewed Image Table 3 55 Skewed Image OProblem S AG d s The printed image is not parallel with tep ctions and Questions SS 9 the sides of the page 3 FEED NUDGER AND RETARD Gotostep 4 Problem SUSPECT COMPONENTS ROLL REPLACEMENT solved The following components are associ Replace the Feed Roll Nudger Roll ated with this specific problem One and Retard Roll for the Feeder having or more of these components may the skew problem have failed partially or completely If Is the image still skewed you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component 4 REGISTRATION ROLL Replacethe Problem listed below one at a time until the REPLACEMENT EP solved problem disappears Replace the Registration Roll Cartridge ROS Assembly Is the image still
11. oli AULA VANO DDN DANNA EE ac EIER anaosa8a I0ADI7 0 cea aloja foto page 1 E IOAD S 1 214 31 Er I0ADl amp 1H 3 48 4t bs I0ADl7 El Ana 3 03 ak ER AS 04 A 4 A El IOALEX i 4 B AB 05 IORWX 2 9147 E 2 06 TORDYX 5 A a S 1ODREGOX HEQ4X OREG2X abuelo Ef Eo ro jes Ps EE EE EE eet TBDATG TBDAT7 TBAO GND GND GND GND GND GND DMAINTX GN A129 Ann D Ee Vu zu Brand remove 0EM A 33p A 330
12. Figure 4 5 Flow Chart 4 Offset Drive Assembly Fuser Drive Assembly Offset Roller Assembly Exit Roll Assembly Inverter Cluthes Lower Chute Assembly Upper Chute Assembly ch403 Figure 4 4 Flow Chart 3 Rev A 118 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly A A Left Upper Cover Main Drive Assembl Tray 1 Feed Clutch Assembly Tray 1 Take Away Roll Registaration Clutch Assembly Tray 1 Retard Asembly MSI Support Tray 2 Feed Assembly Clutch Tray 1 Lift Up Tray 2 Feeder Motor Asembly Support Assembly Spring CRU Interlock Switch Tray 2 Retard Registaration Chute Asembly Assembly Tray 2 Take Away Roll Asembly Registaration Roll Registaration Assembly Sensor Tray 1 amp 2 Paper MCU PWB size Sensor High Voltage Power Supply Asembly ch405 Figure 4 6 Flowchart 5 Rev A 119 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 1 Fuser Full Cover 4 2 1 2 Installation See Top Cover Assembly on page 235 1 Open the Duplex Unit if one is installed 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 2 1 1 Removal 3 Slide the tabs that are located at both ends of the Cover into the corresponding openings in the Top Cover Assembly See the figure 2 Open the Duplex Unit if one is installed below 1 Remove the Mailbox or the HCS if either are installed 3 Open the Left Upper Cover Assembly and remove the screw 4 Lower the Fuser Full Cover onto the Fuser Assembly SEENEN 5 Press the Fuser
13. Finisher ESS Mother PWB Envelope Feeder Control Panel m hel Cabinet Drive PWB ESS PWB 5 a s ZE 3 a E 5 8 Figure 2 39 Printer Control Component EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 1 Printer Control Components The Printer Control is make up of the MCU PWB and numerous connected components 2 7 1 1 Machine Control Unit PWB MCU PWB Receives status and command information from sensors and from the C262 Main board Controls most printer operations The MCU PWB performs nine major functions UD DD DD ada D Communicates with the Printer Controller C262 Main Boara Maintains the system clock Controls the printing process Controls the ROS the Fuser and the drive assemblies Distributes 5VDC and 24VDC to various printer components Monitors printer status Maintains a running print count Maintains NVRAM settings Controls printer options 2 7 1 2 Components attached to or associated with the MCU PWB O O Low Voltage Power Supply Converts 110VAC to 5VDC and 24VDC C262 Main Board Connected to the MCU PWB through the C262 Main Board The interface between the print engine and the host computer The ESS processes the raw video data sent by the host computer Rev A O Control Panel Connected to C262 Main Board the Control Panel displays status information send from the MCU PWB and C262 Main Board AC Driver PWB Switches 110VAC to the two Fuser Heat R
14. P J461 Ne 5VRTN BLK 2105 jm Ze SNR SIZE 1BLK Sr SIZE 1 SENSOR pi 5V BLK m P J459 5VRTN vo DUT z SNR REGI YEL E r REGI 5V GRY SENSOR 3 im 5VRTN de FANE sia E SNR NOP 1 YEL 2m NOP 1 7 5V GRY fe SENSOR a 5VRTN vio P103 m 4 Z SNR LVL1 YEL m LVL 1 A 5V GRY im SENSOR SERGO9FA Figure 7 18 Size 1 Sensor e Registration Sensor No Paper1 Sensor o Level 1 Sensor MCU PWB Table 7 16 Signal Name Signal Name Description SNR SIZE1 Analog signal from the Tray 1 Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC SNR REGI Monitors paper flow at the Registration Sensor High Paper present Low No paper SNR NOP1 Monitors level of paper in Tray 1 SNR LVL1 Monitors position of Tray 1 High Not in position Low In position Rev A 228 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix P462 J202 J201 gt J462 J202 P202 524v ORN Pick 2 Dr Jc 2 mw 2 CLSFEED 1 BLU EE S J201_ P201 224v ORN 2mm 1 5 CLSTAROLL BLU Eis J200 P200 24V ORN 2 ei gt CLSRGATE BLU bis o bi SNR FEXIT yer 7104 Ei M SVRTN VIO s z P600 11 5 lt _SIS ESR pt D pls
15. Drum Surface Image Sri330xa Visible Developed Image Figure 2 27 Developing Drum Surface Voltage Toner at VDC Developer Bias value Discharge Level 53 EPSON EPL N4000 2 4 4 Transfer As the paper travels between the BTR and the drum surface the Bias Transfer Roll BTR applies a positive charge to the back of the printing paper This positive charge transfers the negative charged toner image from the drum surface to the top surface of the paper The toner image is now on the paper and the paper is now stuck to the drum surface due to the relative electrical differences between the negative electrical charge of the inner conductive layer of the drum and the positive electrical charge of the paper HVPS i iid Sri331x d Sheet of paper Figure 2 28 Transfer Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 5 Detack After the toner image transfers to the surface of the paper the Detack Saw a thin strip of metal that resembles a saw blade applies a low voltage negative charge to the back of the paper to neutralize the positive voltage that was applied to it by the BTR Once the positive voltage is neutralized the paper strips releases easily from the drum surface and continues along the paper path to the Fuser 7 HVPS VDC DTS Sr i332x Ba d Ba Sheet of paper Figure 2 29 Detack 54 Chapter 2 Operating Principles EPSON EPL N
16. Bulgarian 6 PcUkr866 1 Hebrew7 8859 8 ISO 14 Hebrew8 4 PcHe862 4 Arabic8 4 PcAr864 8859 6 ISO 14 OCR A OCR B4 60 648 5 to 128 lines 277 0 to 3199 277 0 to 3199 Value GL2 Menu GL Mode GLlike LJ5GL2 Scale Off AO A1 A2 A3 Origin Corner Center Pen Ben Peni Pen2 6 Pen3 6 Pen4 Pen5 Deng End Butt Square Triangular Round Join Mitered Miteredbeveled Triangular Round Beveled None Peno 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen1 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen2 6 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen3 18 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Peng4 16 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Geng 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm Pen6 16 0 05 0 35 5 00mm step 0 05mm PS Menu Error Sheet Off On Protect Level 1 5 ESCP2 Menu Font Courier Prestige Roman Sans serif Pitch Condensed T Margin Text CGTable Roman T Orator S Sans H Script OCR A OCR B 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi Prop Off On 0 40 0 50 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch 1 62 66 9 available Max 111 Lines PcUSA Italic PcMultiln PcPortugue PcCanFrenc PcNordic PcTurkish2 PCE Europe BpBRASCII BpAbicomp PcS1437 4 PcTurkish1 4 Pclcelandic 13 8859 9 ISO Mazowia li CodeMJK PcGk437 PcGk851 PcGk869 8859 7 ISO 14 PcCy855 1 PcCy866 Bulgarian PcUkr866 13 Hebrew7 4 Hebrew8 1 PcAr864 PcHe862 4 Rev A 22 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Table 1 31 Printer Settin
17. Figure 1 2 Printable Area O AC Line Noise Pulse width 50 to 1000 ns Pulse polarity Repetition Asynchronous Modes Common Normal Voltage 1KV parts must be able to withstand 2KV without damage EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description O Transient Outage DIP 100 at rated voltage 10 1 cycle Less than 8KV No damage to image 1 2 cycle Not above 100A O Insulation Resistance TBD Less than 10 Mo O Electrostatic Tolerance O Surge Current O Dielectric Strength Insulation shall not break down when the following voltage is applied between primary circuit and chassis for 1 minute Table 1 8 Dielectric strength Primary Chassis Primary Secondary 100 120V AC1000V AC2000V 200 V Series AC1500V AC3000V O Leakage Current 120V 3 5 mA or less 200V series 3 5 mA or less 1 2 5 Reliability Durability and Maintainability O MPBF 400 000 pages one side printing O Print Volume Maximum 150 000 pages month Average 25 000 pages month Table 1 9 Paper Feed Reliability Paper Jam Rate Double Feed Rate Standard Average ofall Standard Average of all Environment environment Environment environment MP Tray 1 200 1 100 1 100 TBD Cassette1 2 High capacity feeder Cassette 1 5000 1 5000 1 2500 1 2500 1 5000 1 5000 1 2500 1 2500 Note a Function for the boundary face which is caused when the additional p
18. m Example below Printer sensors send their status to the MCU PWB The sensor status signals tell the MCU whether they are actuated or not actuated on or off high or low If measured with a voltmeter some sensor signals to the MCU would be 5VDC when on and OVDC when off while other sensors may be OVDC when on and 5VDC when off This high low decision is determined when the printer is designed MCU PWB AC Drive PWB 2 Fuser temperature 1 Fuser temperature No Paper Sensor actuated No Paper Sensor 1 Compare current temperature with 3 Switch on heat Rod 1 H 4 110VAC Em the set temperature Heat Rod 1 If the current temperature is lower than the set Level 1 Sensor actuated Level 1 Sensor 6 Fuser temperature H 5 Fuser temperature AAA Fuser temperature then Registration Sensor not actuated mm switch on the m a Registration H Bod Sensor eat Rod s 7 Switch off Heat Rod 1 8 OVAC m Heat Rod 1 Take Away Roll Sensor actuated Take Away Roll Sensor Figure 2 45 Processing Input Information Figure 2 44 Input from Sensors Rev A 67 O Output to motors solenoids and other components After comparing input values with timing and reference values the MCU makes a decision on the current status of the printer and responds appropriately The MCU may switch on or off motors solenoids or other components The
19. position 2 8 i ZE GE 2 ENSE L H INTLK Monitors the Left Cover Interlock Switch High Cover Re 9 5 1 S z mu wo 8 PRO em Ia open switch off Low Cover closed switch on gt BIB 4 SNR TAROL2 YEL A ES TA ROLL2 CL FEED2 Controls Tray 2 paper feed High No feed Low Feed B 5V GRY SENSOR E 3 7 3 MOT LIFT2 Switches Tray 2 Lift Up Motor High On Low Off CAS cama oa as a quus B 24V oe 3 mim D m 1TM 7 B CL FEED2 BLU E a z E SE Greg sme 24VRTN vio P241 et LIFTUP 2 9 B NOTSLIFT2 BLU 1E O MOTOR SER613XC Figure 7 22 Tray2 Component MCU PWB Rev A 232 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 2 Board Component Layout 7 2 1 C262 Main Board Component si X 2 E a a PS mig Geo mo o E Eat CH H an 2 d TA os E O gn 9 4 S m gua E gg E S ha ex Jar TINO z CT T E mo ema m XC 1 r y tt L a01 Figure 7 23 C262 Main Component Rev A 233 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix i rt tu LI erac Zei D j ID CDD ges ees wi ilt di Qu a ii Um niles 1 e 0m ur i Ago wi ints ir a Do IN Sch d Za 1 D 0 ES 0 wi p 00 y de M mi H 1 D CE H e Ji us DD T D y R ih US m 0 wi 23 D ee Ti a NA CR i L mmm ur LI i 2 1 seggt 6 uk Ou 1 A Tr amp S3
20. 2 Remove the E rings and Gears attached to the rear of the Take 4 Reinstall Tray 2 Retard Assembly Tray 2 Retard Assembly on Away Roll shaft page 145 3 Remove the Center Bearing on the Take Away Roll Shaft and slide the Roll out of the Retard Support SSH471F Figure 4 30 Removal of Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly Rev A 144 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 21 Tray 2 Retard Assembly See Retard and Take Away Tray 2 on page 245 4 2 21 1 Removal 1 2 Open the Left Lower Cover Remove the screw securing the Feed In Chute to the Assembly and slide the Chute to the front of the Assembly to remove it Remove the plastic Feed Chute from the Take Away Roll Unhook the spring from the Retard Support Remove the screw securing the Gear Stopper to the Assembly and move the Stopper out of the way Remove the E ring securing Gear 22 to the shaft and remove the Gear Remove the plastic bearing securing the Take Away Roll Shaft to the front of the printer frame and remove the Retard Assembly and attached Take Away Roll Remove the Take Away Roll Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 144 4 2 21 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Take Away Roll Shaft onto the Retard Support Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 144 Reinstall the Retard Assembly and Take Away Roll back into the printer frame Reinstall the plastic bearing into the hole at the front of the frame Rev A Chapter 4 D
21. 2 Remove the Offset Motor Offset Motor on page 185 3 Remove the Face Up Exit Sensor Face Up Exit Sensor on page 186 4 Remove the Gear located at the end of the Roller Assembly 5 Remove the K clip securing the Roller shaft to the rear bearing 6 Slide the bearing out of the Offset Assembly frame 7 Slide the front bearing out the Assembly frame and remove the Offset Roller Assembly 4 2 56 2 Installation 1 Slide the rear of the Roller shaft through the rear bearing cutout in the Assembly frame 2 Insert the front bearing still attached to the front of the shaft into the SSH496F front bearing cutout in the Assembly frame Figure 4 71 Removal of Offset Roller Assembly 3 Use a K clip to secure the shaft to the rear bearing 4 Reinstall the Gear onto the rear of the shaft The Gear snaps into place Rev A 187 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 57 Lower Chute Assembly 4 Reinstall the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 187 See Exit Lower Chute on page 259 4 2 57 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 187 2 Remove the five screws securing the Lower Chute to the Exit Assembly frame and separate the Lower Chute from the frame J104 3 Release J104 wire harness from the harness clips 4 Squeeze the latches to unlock the Fuser Exit Sensor and remove the Sensor from the Lower Chute
22. 3 Error m Remedy Turn off the power and remove the corresponding optional device In case of the options which are supported for this printer perform the version up of the firmware W Explanation This error appears when A4 LT or B5 size paper is set portrait short edge first O Collate was disabled Warning m Remedy Reset the paper landscape long edge first The error is B Explanation cancelled after closing the cassette Due to the lack of memory all necessary data becomes unable to be stored as a result appointed job printing can not be done Or copy number which exceeds the maximum bin number is W Explanation requested This error appears when duplex printing is not available Only 1 copy from the fist page to the last page is printed according to its rules O Can Print Duplex Error O Check Paper Type Warning m Remedy Pressing Continue switch will resume printing but it will be one side printing If Auto Error Cancel is On on the device error one side printing will be resumed after a while If the error cause is related to the setting of the paper feed device duplex printing may resume after feeding setting is changed W Explanation When paper feeding device and paper type are selected automatically this error appears in case that there is no device which support both that paper size and paper type or paper size matches but not paper type If paper type and paper size matches but there is no p
23. A Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 457 page 218 MCU PWB P J500 HVPS 458 page 218 MCU PWB P J233 Interlocks SW1 and sw2 459 page 218 MCU PWB P J100 Registration Sensor P J102 No Paper 1 Sensor P J103 Level 1 Sensor 460 page 218 MCU PWB P J204 Fuser Fan P J205 Main Motor 461 page 218 MCU PWB P J105 Size Sensor 1 462 page 218 MCU PWB P J202 Feed Clutch 1 P J201 Take Away Roll 1 Clutch P J200 Registration Clutch P J104 Fuser Exit Sensor P J601 Face Up Exit Sensor P J601 Full Stack Sensor P J601 Exit Gate Solenoid P J218 Inverter CW Clutch P J219 Inverter CCW Clutch 477 page 220 AC Drive PWB P J401 MCU PWB 478 page 220 AC Drive PWB Test output connector 499 page 216 Test output connector P J478 AC Drive PWB 500 page 218 HVPS P J457 MCU PWB 501 page 217 LVPS P J420 ESS Mother PWB page 220 P J400 MCU PWB 502 page 217 LVPS P J420 ESS Mother PWB page 220 P J400 MCU PWB Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 600 page 218 Fuser STS P J462 MCU PWB 601 page 218 P109 Face Up Exit P J462 MCU PWB Sensor P133 Full Stack Sensor P210 Exit Gate Solenoid 602 page 218 P218 Inverter CW Clutch P J642 MCU PWB P219 Inverter CCW Clutch 603 page 217 P J604 MSI P J403 MCU PWB 604 page 217 P107 MSI Size Sensor P J403 MCU PWB J108 MSI No Paper Sensor P200 MSI Feed Clutch 607 page 219 P J143 Take Away Roll P J408 MCU PWB Sensor P J144 Tray 2 Left Cover Interlock Switch 611 page 219 P
24. A 146 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 3 Disconnect the P J that runs from the Tray Assembly to the Feeder 4 2 23 2 Installation Assembly 1 Slide pivot hole on the left side of the Tray onto the metal shaft on 4 Release the Tray Spring that is attached to the left side of the Tray the Rear Support 5 Push out on the Front Support as you slightly bow the Tray and 2 Push out on the Front Support as you slightly bow the Tray and slid release the pivot hole on the right side of the Tray from the metal the pivot hole on the right side of the Tray into the metal shaft on the shaft on the Front Support Front Support 6 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly 3 Insertthe free end of the Tray Spring into the slot at the bottom edge of the Tray 4 Reconnect the P J that runs from the Tray Assembly to the Feeder Assembly 5 Reinstall the MSI Top Cover and use two screws to secure it to the MSI Assembly 6 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 7 Reinstall the Duplex Unit if one was installed SER319XA Figure 4 34 Removal of MSI Tray Assembly Rev A 147 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 24 MSI Support Assembly See Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support on page 247 4 2 24 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 Remove the one screw securing the Front Support Cover to
25. Auto LF TOM On Alt Graphics Off On Maintenance Menu Engine Status Sheet Total Counter Clear Fuser Counter Clear LC1 Counter Clear LC2 Counter Clear LC3 Counter Clear 5 LC4 Counter Clear 5 LC5 Counter Clear 5 MP Counter Clear TR Counter Clear DM Counter Clear 3 FD Counter Clear FU Counter Clera 75 MB Counter Clear 5 Fin Counter Clear 5 Staple Count Clear 5 Error Log Clear Rev A Note Refer to the next page 23 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Note 2 Appears only in C version 6 Factory default setting for Europe and Pacific models 7 Factory default setting for North America models 8 Can only be selected when TypeB UE option is installed 9 Factory default setting for C version 12 Indication depends on the cassette installed 13 Appears only when DCI font ROM DIMM or font card installed 14 Appears only when NLSP Bitmap3 Font ROM installed 16 Appears only in GLlike mode 18When a status sheet resource is included in NLSP Font ROM ROM DIMM according to the lower diagram Lang Option1 Option2 Option8 can be selected The setting items and values appear in English 19 This item is for display only and the setting cannot be changed 21 Appears only when the optional duplex unit is installed 22 Not displayed on the LCD 24 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM schedule Font ROM for Turkish installed 25 Appears only when NLSP E
26. MP Type e Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Transparency Labels Plain Preprinted Letterhead LC1 Type Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Plain Preprinted Letterhead LC2 Type Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Plain Preprinted Letterhead LC3 Type Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Rev A Table 1 26 Printer Setting Value Toner 19 Tray Size e LC4 Type Plain Preprinted Letterhead Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Plain Preprinted Letterhead LC5 Type 4 Prepunched Bond Recycled Color Config Menu RiTech On Off Toner Save Off On Density o 4 oy 1 2 Top Offset Left Offset 9 0 0 0 99 0 mm step 0 5mm Back Shift Oto 30mm step 1mm Size Ignore Off On Auto Count Off On Page Protect Auto On Image Optimum Auto Off On Paper Type Normal Thin Thick Setup Menu Interface Auto Parallel Ethernet AUX Time Out 0 5 60 300 step1 Standby Enable Disable Language English Lang Francais Sprache Deutsch LINGUA ITALIANO LENG ESPANOL SPR K SVENSKA Sprog Dansk Taal Nederl LANG SUOMI Ling Portugues Panel Lock Off On Printer Name Off On Eva ENE EHE EYF BUE 20 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Setup Menu Table 1 27 Printer Setting Page count 1 SelecType Init 0 to 99999999 Parallel Menu Speed Fast Normal e Bi D e
27. Open the Left Lower Cover 2 Squeeze the sides of the Switch and pull it away from the printer frame 3 Disconnect J144 SSH480F Figure 4 51 Removal of Left Lower Cover Interlock Switch Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 36 2 Installation 1 2 Reconnect J144 Squeeze the sides of the Switch while inserting the locating tab on the Switch into the opening in the frame Release the sides of the Switch and press it into the frame The Switch snaps into place Close the Left Lower Cover 164 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 37 Tray 2 Take Away Sensor Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 252 4 2 37 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Lower Cover 2 Squeeze in all four Sensor latches while you pull the Sensor out of the printer frame 3 Disconnect J143 from the Sensor Jcoe xD Figure 4 52 Removal of Tray2 Take Away Sensor SSH481F Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 37 2 Installation 1 2 Reconnect J143 to the Sensor Insert the Sensor into the cutout in the frame See the figure for correct positioning Press in on the Sensor until it snaps into place Close the Left Lower Cover 165 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 38 Registration Clutch See Registration on page 253 4 2 38 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Disconnect P J 200 from the Registration
28. Rev A 239 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 6 Tray Interface Tray 1 Table 7 26 Parts Name for Tray Interface Tray 1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 SW ASSEMBLY PS PL11 4 18 2 MOTOR ASSEMBLY 3 ACTUATOR SNR 4 SUPPORT ACTUATOR 5 PHOTO INTERRUPTOR 6 ean 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FRONT 1T for Tray1 only 8 STOPPER TRAY F 9 STOPPER TRAY R 10 SOACER L 11 LINK STOPPER 12 SPRING TORSION 99 KIT ACTUATOR SENSOR ASSY with 3 and 4 B All items except item 7 in the list above can be used with both Tray 1 and Tray 2 M item 7 can be used only for Tray 1 SER506XD Figure 7 30 Tray Interface Tray 1 Rev A 240 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 7 Paper Pick Up Tray 1 Table 7 27 Parts Name for Paper Pick Up Tray1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GEAR 46T M N 2 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY 3 GEAR ASSEMBLY 28T MIN for Tray 1 only 4 CLUTCH ONE WAY for Tray 1 only 5 FEEDER ASSEMBLY MIN XIP with 6 14 6 ROLL ASSEMBLY 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY O W 8 CLUTCH GEAR 25T 9 BEARING 10 SHAFT FEED M N 11 GEAR 31T 12 GEAR 25T 13 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY NUDGER m BEARING v 5 with 6 14 97 KIT TRAY 1 CLUTCH 1 4 98 KIT FEED ROLL with 6 Qty 6 99 KIT PICK UP GEAR TRAY 1 with 1 and 3 v97 with 1 4 Ed p 7 v98 6 Qty 6 9 m All items except item 3 and 4 in the list above v 99 with 1 and
29. The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Registration Roll The The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Drum and BTR The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Registration Clutch At a Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Drum A shutter covers and specific time in the print cycle the MCU switches on the Registration protects the Drum surface When the Left Cover is closed a mechanical Clutch The Registration Clutch transmits drive to the Registration Roll link opens the Shutter When the Left Cover is open the link closes the which rotates and drives the sheet of paper into the Drum BTR area Shutter A gear attached to the end of the Drum transmits drive to the BTR Since the BTR is attached to the Left Cover Assembly the BTR is driven only when the Left Cover is closed Main Drive Assembly Main Drive Assembly EP Cartridge Registration Clutch Assembly Registration Roll Assembly SER726F Figure 2 13 Drum BTR Drive Mechanism SER725FA Figure 2 12 Registration Roll Drive Mechanism Rev A 43 EPSON EPL N4000 2 2 8 Mechanical Drive for the Fuser The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Fuser Assembly The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Fuser Drive Assembly and on to the Fuser Heat Roll Gear A gear at the end of the Heat Roll drives the Pressure Roll The Heat and Pressure Rolls rotates continuously while the Main Motor is on and the Left Front Cover is
30. U4 3 E0030 Abnormal Fuser Time Over 0089 CPU Error Break exception U4 2 E0032 Abnormal Fuser Over Heat 0090 CPU Error Reserved command exception U6 2 E0038 Engine Memory Error 0091 CPU Error Coprocessor not in use exception 0092 CPU Error FPU exception 0093 CPU Error TLB exception 0094 CPU Error XLTB exception 0095 CPU Error Cache exception 0096 CPU Error Trap exception 0097 CPU Error FPU error exception 0098 CPU Error Watch exception 0128 0254 CPU Error Undefined Trap 0255 CPU Error NMI exception 0256 CPU Error Division by 0 0257 CPU Error Calculation overflow 0258 CPU Error Break 0800 IPL Error Controller defect 1002 Standard RAM Error less than standard capacity Rev A 81 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 3 Operation when Service Req Error Occurs Table 3 9 Controller Error When service req errors happen following functions are activated by Error Code pressing a particular switch ffff Explanation 1010 Verify Error O Reset CPU when service req errors happen 1020 RAM Error Slot 0 Printer recovers from the error without turning off and on the printer 1021 RAM Error Slot 1 W Operation NES RAM Eror Eet A Press Select Type ALT Menu Item Value switches and Enter 1100 RAM checksum error bit 0 15 font switch 1101 RAM checksum error bit 16 31 program 1120 RAM checksum error bit O 7 program O Er
31. a Figure 4 80 Pin position of Main Switch 3 Reinstall the Main Switch Bracket onto the Power Supply Assembly Make sure you align the screw hole in the Bracket with the screw hole in the Power Supply 4 Use one screw to secure the Bracket to the Power Supply Assembly 5 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 121 SER339F Figure 4 79 Removal of Main Power Switch Rev A 196 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 64 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 265 4 2 64 1 Removal 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 121 Remove the Right Cover Right Cover on page 123 Remove four screws securing the ESS Assembly to the LVPS and tilt the ESS Assembly back and out of the way Remove the Main Power Switch Remove the five screws securing the LVPS to the printer frame Pull the LVPS a few inches out so you can access the rear of the Power Supply Disconnect J1 J235 J501 and J502 from the LVPS Remove the wire harnesses from the harness clips at the rear of the LVPS Remove the LVPS Assembly 4 2 64 2 Installation 1 Position the LVPS Assembly above the printer frame with the LVPS Fan facing the rear of the printer Route the four black and white Main Power Switch wires to the rear of the LVPS Reconnect J1 J235 J501 and J502 to the LVPS Rev A 10 Reinst
32. on page 267 4 2 70 1 Removal 1 Remove Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 121 2 Remove the fourteen screws that secure the ESS Cover to the ESS Box SER347F Figure 4 87 Removal of ESS Cover 3 Lift the ESS Cover off of the ESS Box Rev A 4 Remove harness from the connector parts CN14 CN19 CN20 and CN21 on the controller board 5 Removes twelve screws that secure the controller board A wire of CN 14 is secured by one fixing screw of ESS Cover 6 Remove 2 screws that secure the I F bail lock parts of the controller board to the ESS Box and remove controller board Screw HE SA E N N Ch406e N H Screw N Screw Figure 4 88 Removal of Controller Board 204 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 71 ESS Box 4 2 71 1 Removal 1 Remove the ESS Cover 2 Disconnect CN14 CN19 CN20 and CN21 form the controller board and remove the wire harness from the wire clamps Then release the wire harness from the wire clamps and pull the harness free of the ESS Box 3 Remove the four screws securing the ESS Box to the printer frame and remove the Box 4 2 71 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the ESS Box onto the printer frame Align the ESS Box so the cutout for the ESS PWB faces the rear of the printer 2 Use four screws to secure the ESS Box to the printer frame 3 Route the wire harness along the outside back of the ES
33. ouem a SERA e PIJ131 eu ENV Bo E Z ROE ER a 3 E a SvRIN See Se SNR FEED veL fa 3 3102 egy Spe ERU ERR ee RS pom CL FEED BLU cm i P J703 y Dee 27 ei 424v ORG H ha 3 x Ne as FEED 2 ctereeo W it CLUTCH EMOT ON YEL 24V m pnr ve om 4 p Zem en SE vo E 2 SET MOTOR P J700 P J704 P J217 SER608XC Figure 7 17 TRAY1 MCU PWB MSI MCU PWB ENVELOPE Rev A FEEDER MCU PWB 227 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix
34. 17 Paper Path Component Control 45 EPSON EPL N4000 2 3 ROS Raster Output Scanner The ROS Raster Output Scanner is the mechanism that carries out Step 2 Expose of the print cycle c Xerographic cycle 2 sr1320 Figure 2 18 Exposure A semiconductor within the ROS Assembly generates a beam of laser light Image data received from the print controller modulates this beam turning it on and off according to image information that is received from the host computer Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the ROS the beam sweeps the negative charged drum surface Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel the laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point That point on the drum is now discharged Modulated Laser Beam sr1321x Figure 2 19 Laser Beam Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 3 1 ROS Components The ROS Assembly is made up of one major component housing a number of sub components cum Y The ROS generates a laser beam The laser beam is a very powerful and narrow beam of light that f produces extreme heat at its focal point The laser beam in this printer is invisible B Although you cannot see the beam it can still cause severe eye injury Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause blindness Never place a mirror or a reflective tool or object in the laser beam path Never run the printer with the co
35. A 330 A 330 A 33n L 33n or Brand L for OE M A 117 BER NFM51RO0P50BT 1 C118 1 3 C119 K E SR Bu 33p Bolo ie der Oe AER PAS 3 UB 54 osre 7 Sy tp C253 Ann B305 osto D8131 GND po Dela ON tp C254 a B307 osli EH an VW D8161 BN tp jg 0817 Bx s Zu tp 25 anlo AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB AB NEG e Gen m in NOG H ls 3 gt a d XX LO 0 D ee aH e 3NDGNDE D S m a er m om 200 o g E no i 85 d 3 LE E m E PE a 3 1 S 5 A 2 je 8 gr gt B Br n 2 n D D A a a s a S m E 3 E d d o a n E e E GNO GND EN E GND j d o TO OX F E 2 555 8 3 29290909090 S8888888 NOSE BPPPDDDE x AM SEI EEREREEE gt EE CSS LEE IS m t5 e na L2 s Cn 4 j 4 k H CT 4 a lt ccce n ara as NS i ofa axes o 5V 2 biil Ge sy NOST Lt i 5 GND a S al cano vull jonas gt Z g k ao FAS OR BS Beak mins y i A S Sy tp caet HE ABLL 5 B L 2t B3 aali
36. A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 55 Face Up Exit Sensor J109 See Exit Lower Chute on page 259 4 2 55 1 Removal 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 2 Disconnect J109 3 Remove the two screws securing the Face Up Exit Sensor to the Exit Sensor Bracket and remove the Sensor 4 Remove the two screws securing the Exit Sensor Bracket to the Lower Chute and remove the Bracket 5 Unhook the Exit Sensor Spring from the Bracket and remove the Exit Sensor Actuator 4 2 55 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Exit Sensor Actuator onto Exit Sensor Bracket 2 Hook the Exit Sensor Spring onto the Bracket 3 Reinstall the Bracket onto the Lower Chute and use two screws to SSH494F secure the Bracket Figure 4 70 Removal of Face Up Exit Sensor 4 Reinstall the Face Up Exit Sensor onto the Bracket and use two screws to secure the Sensor 5 Reconnect J109 6 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 Rev A 186 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 56 Offset Roller Assembly 5 Reinstall the Face Up Exit Sensor Face Up Exit Sensor on page 186 See Offset Roller on page 260 6 Reinstall the Offset Motor Offset Roller Assembly on page 187 4 2 56 1 Removal 7 Reinstall the Offset Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on 1 Remove the Offset Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 183 page 183
37. ASSEBLY 4 BUSHS SADDLE 8 BOX ASSEMBLY 9 BUSH SADDLE 10 COVER ESS 11 COVER SIMM e 14 CONTROLLER BOARD P416 CT 15 HARNESS ASSEMBLY ROS V bw H 7 16 HARNESS ASSEMBLY CONSOLE i 17 CORE SSH592F Figure 7 57 Controller Assembly Rev A 267 synchronous DRAM Sheet 3 1 0 sheet 4 SCOR DMAINTX COR 10cLK Video sheet 5 BEE HIE 7 EM Zug Eug En aen ro NetWork shee
38. Assembly Reinstall the Registration Clutch Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 167 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 SSH482F Inter Cover Figure 4 56 Removal of Registration Chute Assembly 170 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 42 Registration Roll Assembly See Registration on page 253 4 2 42 1 Removal 1 Remove the Registration Chute Assembly Registration Chute Assembly on page 170 Remove the E ring fro the rear of the Registration Roll Shaft Slide the Shaft to the rear to free the front of the Shaft from the front bearing Remove the Registration Roll Assembly 4 2 42 2 Installation 1 2 Make sure both the front and rear bearings are in place in the frame Slide the rear of the Registration Roll Shaft through the rear bearing Slide the front of the Shaft to the front bearing Use one E ring to secure the rear of the Shaft to the rear bearing Reinstall the Registration Chute Assembly Registration Chute Assembly on page 170 Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly E gt FO E e DD E SSE 95 Se EC 8 SSH483F Figure 4 57 Removal of Registration Roll Assembly 171 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 43 Registration Sensor See Registration on page 253 4 2 43 1 Installation 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Squeeze in all four Sensor latches while you pull the
39. Assembly onto the printer frame 2 Align the two positioning holes on the HVPS with the two tabs on the frame Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the HVPS Assembly and the printer frame 3 Push the HVPS against the frame until the two clips snap into place Rev A 4 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Use two screws to secure the HVPS Assembly into place on the printer frame Reconnect J500 DTS FB CB and BTR to the HVPS PWB Reinstall the MCU PWB MCU Machine Control Unit PWB on page 202 J500 SSH343F CB BTR Figure 4 83 Removal of HVPS 199 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 67 Noise Filter PWB See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 265 4 2 67 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Disconnect J19 F55 and F56 from the Noise Filter PWB Remove the two screws securing the Noise Filter PWB to the printer frame Squeeze the two latches securing the PWB to the printer frame and remove the PWB 4 2 67 2 Installation 1 Align the two holes in the left side of the Noise Filter PWB with the two plastic latches on the printer frame and press the PWB into place Use two screws to secure the Noise Filter PWB to the printer frame Reconnect J19 F55 and F56 to the Noise Filter PWB Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly SSH500F
40. Away Tray 1 on page 242 4 2 13 1 Removal 1 10 Remove Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 129 Remove the Left Middle Cover L H Low Cover Assembly on page 160 Remove the screw securing the Feed In Chute to the Assembly and slide the Chute to the front of the Assembly to remove it Remove the plastic Feed Chute Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 242 from the Take Away Roll Unhook the spring from the Retard Support Remove Tray 1 Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 134 Remove the screw securing the Gear Stopper Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 242 to the Assembly and move the Stopper out of the way Remove the E ring securing Gear 22 20 Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 242 to the shaft and remove the Gear Remove the plastic bearing securing the Take Away Roll Shaft to the front of the Retard Frame and remove the Retard Assembly and Take Away Roll Remove the E rings and Gears attached to the rear of the Take Away Roll Shaft Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 11 Remove the Center Bearing on the Take Away Roll Shaft and slide the Roll out of the Retard Support SSH469F Figure 4 22 Disassembly of Tray1 Retard Assembly 4 2 13 2 Installation 1 2 Reinstall the Take Away Roll Shaft onto the Retard Support Reinstall the Center Bearing onto the Take Away Roll Shaft and secure the Sha
41. Clutch Remove the E clip securing the Registration Clutch to the Registration Shaft Push out on the shaft latch as you slide the Clutch off of the shaft 3 P200 SSH323F Figure 4 53 Removal of Registration Clutch Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 38 2 Installation 1 Slide the Registration Clutch onto the shaft The shaft latch snaps the Clutch into place on the shaft Use an E clip to secure the Registration Clutch to the Registration Shaft Reconnect P J 200 from the Registration Clutch Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 166 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 39 Left Upper Cover Assembly See Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 254 4 2 39 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 2 Open the Duplex Unit 3 Open the Left Upper Cover When the Left Upper Cover is open the BTR is exposed Do not touch the BRT Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality 4 Use a screwdriver blade to open the latch securing the Front Shaft Hinge and slide the Hinge out of the Cover Assembly Do not slide the Hinge completely out of the printer frame 5 Use a screwdriver blade to open the latch securing the Rear Shaft Hinge and slide the Hinge out of the Cover Assembly Do not slide the Hinge completely out of the printer frame 6 Pull the Left Upper Cover Assembly away from the printer fr
42. Description Table 1 22 Switch operation for the panel setting Panel setting Setting menu Goes to select Goes to select Menu selection Paper selection type mode type mode indicates next one touch setting mode1 Printer menu mode selection one touch mode2 Alt setting Invalid Invalid Menu selection Paper selection menu indicates one touch previous model Printer setting mode menu selection one touch mode2 Item selection Goes to the Goes to the Item selection Paper size previous previous next setting selection one setting mode setting mode item is displayed touch model Printer mode selection one touch mode Alt item selection Invalid Invalid Item selection previous setting item is displayed Paper size selection one touch model Printer mode selection one touch mode2 On line Panel Setting one touch Switch ready Not ready mode mode Value Goes to the Goes to the Displays next Minification selection previous item previous item setting selection one value touch mode Tray paper size selection one touch mode2 Alt Value Invalid Invalid Displays the Minification selection previous selection one item touch model Tray paper size selection one touch mode2 indicates the previous setting value Enter Goes to the Goes to the Confirm the Paper direction item of th
43. Driver PWB and free the wire harness from the harness clips Disconnect FB red wire from the HVPS and free the wire harness from the harness clips Remove P204 wire harness from the Fuser Drive Assembly Disconnect J104 J600 and J602 Remove the two screws securing the Fuser Drive Assembly to the printer frame and lift the Assembly off of the frame Remove the screw securing the green ground wire to the printer frame 10 Pull up and remove the Fuser Drive Assembly Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly SSH499F Figure 4 65 Removal of Fuser Drive Assembly 180 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 50 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Fuser Drive Assembly onto the printer frame Refer to the figure for correct positioning 2 Align the Assembly so the screw holes and locating holes in the Assembly line up with the screw holes and locating tabs on the frame 3 Use two screws to secure the Assembly to the frame 4 Reinstall the green ground wire to the printer frame and use one screw to secure the wire 5 Reconnect J104 J600 and J602 6 Reinstall P204 wire harness to the Fuser Drive Assembly 7 Reconnect FB red wire to the HVPS and secure the wire harness under the harness clips 8 Reconnect J23 to the AC Driver PWB and secure the wire harness under the harness clips 9 Reinstall the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 182 10 Reins
44. E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft Reconnect J202 to the Feed Clutch Reinstall the Rear Cover See Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 127 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 9 Feed Nudger and Retard Rolls 5 Reinstall the paper tray See Paper Pick Up Tray 1 on page 241 and Retard and Take 6 Resetthe Paper Feeder Usage Log for the feeder with the new Away Tray 2 on page 245 Rolls CHECK Use this procedure for Feeders1 and Feeders 2 POINT W Replace the Feeder Nudger and Retard Rolls as a unit W If Feed Roll is exchanged be sure to perform LC1 5 Counter Clear See Panel Setting Mode on page 19 and Maintenance Mode on page 28 4 2 9 1 Removal 1 Remove the paper tray from the appropriate feeder 2 Press in on the front of the Chute and remove the Chute 3 Pull out on the Roll latch and slide the Roll off of the shaft 4 Repeat step 3 for the remaining two Rolls 4 2 9 2 Installation 1 Position the Roll with the latch end facing out and slide the Roll onto the shaft 2 Rotate and push the Roll down the shaft until the latch locks the Roll SSH309F into place Figure 4 16 Removal of Feed Nudger amp Retard Rolls 3 Repeat steps 1 and 2 for the remaining two Rolls 4 Reinstall the Chute by sliding the opening in the rear of the Chute into the tab on the frame then slightly squeezing the Chute and hooking the tab at the front of the Chu
45. Feed Clutch along with the Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 127 7 Reinstall the Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 134 The following steps has you lift the printer The printer is very heavy and requires two people to lift it Do not attempt to lift the printer by yourself 8 Set the printer onto Tray 2 9 Reinstall Tray 1 Lift Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 126 10 Reinstall the retaining clip that is located under the Option Connector Bracket and use one screw to secure the clip 130 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 11 Reinstall the Option Connector Bracket to the frame and use one screw to secure the Bracket 12 Reconnect P403 P404 P406 and P408 to the MCU PWB 13 Reinstall the docking clip to Tray 2 and use one screw to secure the clip 14 Reinstall the docking stud located at the lower right of the Tray and use a retaining clip to secure the stud 15 Reinstall the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 148 16 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 17 Reinstall the Left Upper Cover Assembly 18 Reinstall Tray 1 and Tray 2 19 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 20 Reinstall the Duplex Unit if one was installed Rev A 131 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 11 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly
46. Figure 4 84 Removal of Noise Filter PWB 200 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 68 Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly 6 Position the Switch Bracket against the printer frame slightly down from the screw hole in the printer frame See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 266 7 Raise the Bracket so the aligning key at the bottom of the Switch 4 2 68 1 Removal meshes with the slot in the printer frame The key and slot keep the Bracket from moving during operation 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 8 Align the screw hole in the Bracket with the screw hole in the Frame 2 Disconnect F5230 and F5231 from the Interlock Switch 9 Use one screw to secure the Interlock Switch Assembly to the printer frame 3 Remove the screw that secures the Interlock Switch Bracket to the functions correctly 4 Rotate the Switch Lever so it is straight up and slide it off of the Bracket 11 Reconnect F5230 and F5231 to the Interlock Switch 5 Press the two clips securing the Switch to the Bracket and push the 12 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on Switch out of the Bracket page 122 4 2 68 2 Installation 1 Position the Switch against the opening in the Bracket so the two wire terminals are on the outside of the Bracket away from the screw hole 2 Press the Switch into the Bracket It snaps into place 3 Position the Switch Lever against the Switch
47. Interface Tray 1 on page 240 and Tray Interface Tray 2 on page 243 4 2 17 1 Removal 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 from the printer 2 Disconnect the P J from the Size Sensor PWB 3 Remove the screw securing the Size Sensor PWB to the printer frame pull the PWB straight out and remove it from the frame 4 2 17 2 Installation 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 from the printer Figure 4 26 Removal of Tray1 Paper Size Sensor 2 Reinstall the Paper Size Sensor PWB onto the printer frame Align the positioning tabs and screw holes 3 Reconnect the P J to the Size Sensor PWB 4 Use one screw to secure the PWB to the frame 5 Reinstall the Paper Tray 4142 SSH461F Figure 4 27 Removal of Tray2 Paper Size Sensor Rev A 140 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 18 Tray 2 Feed Clutch See Paper Pick Up Tray 2 on page 244 4 2 18 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover 1TM See Rear Cover 1TM on page 125 2 Disconnect J240 from the Feed Clutch 3 Remove the E ring securing the Clutch to the shaft and slide the Clutch off of the shaft 4 Remove the E ring securing the Gear to the shaft and slide the Gear and Bearing off of the shaft 4 2 18 2 Installation 1 Slide the Bearing onto the shaft and seat it in the cutout in the J240 printer frame 4240 SSH264F 2 Slide the Gear onto the shaft and
48. Laser Radiation Model Applicable Standard 120V FDA21 CFR Chapter1 Subchapter j Section 1010 1040 200V series IEC 825 Class Laser Product O EMC Table 1 14 EMC Model Applicable Standard 120V FCC Parts15 Subpart B Class B CISPR Publication 22 ClassB Taiwan 200V series EN55022 ClassB EN61000 3 2 EN50082 1 AS 3548 Australia TBD Rev A 10 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 7 Environmental Specification W Direction Three directions X Y Z 1 2 7 1 Operating Environment including optional parts E Time Table 1 15 Operating Condition SE EEN Item Condition Temperature 0 to 32 C Humidity 15 to 85 RH without condensation Air Pressure Altitude Less than 760 hPa Less than 2500m 1 2 7 2 Storage Environment including optional parts Table 1 16 Storage Condition Item Normal Extreme Temperature 0 to 35 C Low Temp 10 to 0 C High Temp 35 to 40 C Humidity 15 to 85 RH Low Humidity 5 to 1596 RH High Humidity 85 to 90 RH Storage 12 months Max 48 hours 1 2 7 3 Altitude m Storage 0 to 3000m 10000ft Transportation 0 to 15000m 49200ft 1 2 7 4 Vibration Tolerance B Vibration 5 to 100 Hz Acceleration 0 7G Rev A 11 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 8 External Dimension and weight O Exterior dimension C REE 642 mm W x 523 mm D x 486 mm H No optional parts
49. MCU PWB Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 Close the Left Upper Cover 177 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 48 CRU Interlock Switch 4 2 48 2 Installation See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on 1 Line up the two positioning holes on the CRU Interlock Switch with page 256 the two position tabs on the printer frame 2 Use one screw to secure the Switch to the frame 4 2 48 1 Removal 3 Reconnect J234 to the Interlock Switch wire harness 1 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 4 Reconnect J232 and J233 to the Interlock Switch 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 5 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Disconnect J232 and J233 from the CRU Interlock Switch 6 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 4 Disconnect J234 from the Interlock Switch wire harness 5 Remove the screw securing the CRU Interlock Switch to the printer frame and remove the Switch 233 SSH488F Figure 4 63 Removal of CRU Interlock Switch Rev A 178 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 49 Fuser Assembly See Fuser Assembly on page 258 NARNIA The fuser is extremely hot Switch off printer main power and wait at least thirty minutes for the Fus
50. MCU may also signal that an error occurred Example below A the start of a print cycle the MCU switches on the Main Drive Motor and then the Feed Clutch The MCU uses the Feed Clutch actuation as a timing marker The Feed Rolls attached to the Feed Clutch drive a sheet of paper out of the paper tray and down the paper path As the sheet of paper travels down the paper path it strikes the Registration Sensor The Sensor sends a signal to the MCU PWB telling it that the paper has arrived The MCU takes the elapsed time from when it actuated the Feed Clutch to the time it received the signal from the Registration Sensor and compares that time with the set time or expected time that is stored in ROM on the MCU PWB If the time elapsed is within range the print cycle continues If the time elapsed is slower than the set time or if there was no signal from the Registration Sensor within the set time the MCU interprets that as an error and sends an E1 1 Misfeed Jam status to the C262 Main Board Rev A EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles Switch on Main Drive Motor 2 Switch on Feed Clutch Feed Clutch Compare actual time with expected time If the same proceed If different signal E1 1 error Paper arrived at Registration Sensor Registration Sensor ESS PWB sr1313 E1 1 error detected Figure 2 46 Output to Motor Solenoid and Other Components 68 EPSON
51. Main Power Switch 2 Reconnect J417 to the Control Panel 3 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly onto the printer frame 4 Make sure the screw holes at the right side of the Top Cover line up with the screw holes in the printer frame and the left end of the Cover is under the Exit Chute Pinch Rolls 5 Use two screws to secure the Top Cover Assembly to the Right Cover 6 REconnect J204 to the Fuser Fan 7 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover See Fuser Full Cover on page 120 121 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 3 Rear Cover Assembly See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 237 4 2 3 1 Removal 1 Remove the AC power cord from the rear of the printer 2 Remove the two screws securing the Rear Cover Assembly to the printer frame 3 Pull the bottom of the Rear Cover away from the printer frame and slide the Cover down to remove it 4 2 3 2 Installation 1 Slide the top edge of the Rear Cover under the edge of the Top Cover then press the Rear Cover against the printer frame 2 Slide the Cover down so the bottom edge catches the lip of the printer frame 3 Use two screws to secure the Rear Cover Assembly to the printer frame CB 4 Reconnect the AC power cord to the rear of the printer SER305F Figure 4 10 Removal of Rear Cover Assembly Rev A 122 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 4 Right Cover See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 237 4 2
52. OFFSET RACK 6 OFFSET BRACKET 7 OFFSET ROLLER SLEEVE 8 OFFSET ROLLER 9 OFFSET ROLLER BEARING REAR 10 OFFSET ROLLER BEARING FRONT 11 OFFSET SHAFT 12 OFFSET SHAFT PIN 13 GEAR 19 SER527FA Figure 7 50 Offset Roller Rev A 260 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 27 Exit Upper Chute Assembly PL9 1 23 4133 Table 7 48 Parts Name for Exit Upper Chute Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 CHUTE ASSEMBLY UPPER y Quail b 2 SWITCH ASSEMBLY 3 PLATE TIE 4 SPRING PLATE 5 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH H 6 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH I 7 PINCH ROLLER FRONT 8 PINCH ROLLER REAR 9 EXIT UPPER CHUTE 10 GUIDE PAPER 11 GUIDE PAPER 12 EXIT MIDDLE CHUTE 13 EXIT GATE 14 EXIT GATE SPRING 15 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH J 16 SPRING ASSEMBLY PINCH K SER528FB Figure 7 51 Exit Upper Chute Assembly Rev A 261 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 28 Exit Drive Assembly No in the Figure Table 7 49 Parts Name for Exit Drive Assembly 4 Unit Parts Name EXIT DRIVE ASSEMBLY with 2 19 2 EXIT DRIVE SUPPORT 3 EXIT DRIVE IDLER PULLEY 4 EXIT GEAR 1 5 EXIT GEAR 2 6 EXIT GEAR BRACKET 7 EXIT IDLER GEAR 8 EXIT RATCHET SPRING 9 INVERTER COW GEAR 10 INVERTER CLUTCH 11 INVERTER CCW SHAFT 12 BEARING 13 INVERTER CW GEAR 14 15 INVERTER CW SHAFT 16 INVERTER EXIT GEAR REAR 17 INV
53. PWB 109 page 218 Face Up Exit Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 127 page 218 MCU PWB Toner Sensor 133 page 218 Full Stack Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 140 page 219 Tray 2 No Paper Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 141 page 219 Tray 2 Level Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 142 page 219 Tray 2 Size Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 143 page 219 Take Away Roll Sensor P J408 MCU PWB 144 page 219 Tray 2 Left Cover P J607 and P J408 MCU Interlock Switch PWB 200 page 218 Registration Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 201 page 218 Take Away Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 202 page 218 Feed Clutch 1 P J462 MCU PWB 203 page 218 Lift Up Motor 1 P J403 MCU PWB 204 page 218 Fuser Fan P J460 MCU PWB 205 page 218 Main Motor P J460 MCU PWB 213 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 3 P J Location Table Table 7 4 P J Location Table Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 406 page 218 MCU PWB P J480 P J481 HCF Cabinet PWB 407 page 216 Laser Diode Driver P J456 MCU PWB 408 page 218 MCU PWB P J140 No Paper Sensor 2 P J141 Level 2 Sensor P J142 Size 2 Paper Sensor P J143 Take Away Roll 2 Sensor P J144 Left Cover 2 Interlock Switch P J240 Tray 2 Feed Clutch P J241 Tray 2 Lift Up Motor 410 page 218 MCU PWB Type DO Console CN20 Controller P J430 Laser Diode Driver CN14 page 217 Control Panel Controller CN21 Controller P J501 502 LVPS PWB Controller P J417 Control Panel PWB CN19 Contr
54. Panel Rev A TO ROS LD DRV DATA P430 d EI P J421 P 424v ORN s 5VRTN VIO SVRTN VIO ZE SVRIN VIO S 2 CNPN BUZR YEL E CNPNSLED YEL S E CNPNSPWR4 YEL CNPNSPWR3 YEL e 2 CNPNSPWR2 YEL CNPNSPWR1 YEL T 2 LCDSDATAT YEL LCDSDATAG YEL i z LCDSDATAS YEL e Z LCDSDATA4 YEL i LCDSENB YEL a S LCDSRS YEL e CNPN SW2 YEL e E CNPN SW1 YEL 5VRTN VIO e 5VRTN VIO 222 E 21121 45V ep e A 5V GRY M Qo ROO O dm O C262MAIN Contorol ler Figure 7 11 Console C262 Main Controller SSH602F Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 9 Signal Name Signal Name Description CNPN BUZR Control Panel buzzer CNPN LED LED synch High Off Low On CNPN PWR4 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not pressed CNPN PWR3 Source for Key and LED High On Low Off CNPN PWR2 Source for Key and LED High On Low 0ff CNPN PWR1 Source for Key and LED High On Low Off LCD DATA7 Logic line for Controller LCD LCD DATA6 Logic line for Controller LCD LCD DATA5 Logic line for Controller LCD LCD DATA4 Logic line for Controller LCD LCD ENB LCD Controller write signal LCD RS LCD Controller register select sig
55. Printer Step Actions and Questions AC POWER CHECK Check the voltage at the AC wall outlet Is there approximately 110VAC or 220VAC if the printer is the 220VAC model at the AC wall outlet Yes Go to step 3 No Troublesho ot the AC power at the wall outlet ESS PWB CHECK 1 Switch off the Main Switch 2 Remove the ESS PWB 3 Switch on the Main Switch Do the Control Panel LEDs light up and does the printer go into warm up Replace the ESS PWB with a new one See Chapter 4 Go to step 4 Table 3 12 Inoperative Printer LVPS 5VDC CHECK 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG and between J400 8 and FG on the MCU PWB Is there 5VDC between J400 7 and FG and is there 5VDC between J400 8 and FG Go to step 5 Go to step 6 LVPS 24VDC CHECK Measure the voltage between J400 5 and FG and between J400 6 and FG on the MCU PWB Is there 24VDC between J400 5 and FG and is there 24VDC between J400 6 and FG Go step 8 Go to step 6 Rev A Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 AC POWER IN CHECK Go to step 7 Replace the Measure the voltage between J19 1 Noise Filter and J19 3 on the Noise Filter PWB PWB See Chapter 4 Is there 110VAC between J19 1 and J19 3 7 AC POWER TO LVPS CHECK Replacethe Replace the Measure the voltage between J20 1 LVPS Main Power and J20 3 on the AC Drive PWB As
56. Roll MSI Feeder Paper feed assembly that is attached to the outside of the printer A small quantity or paper or the optional Envelope Feeder fit on the MSI Feeder fold out tray The MSI Feeder includes a number of paper feed components M MSI No Paper Sensor monitors the level of paper in the MSI tray Rev A MSI Paper Size Sensor monitors the size of paper in the Tray MSI Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll Nudger Roll drives the top sheet of paper into the Feed Roll Feed Roll drives the top sheet of paper out of the MSI tray Retard Pad prevents multiple sheet feed Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll continue to drive the sheet of paper out of the MSI Tray and toward the Registration Roll Registration Roll and Pinch Roll The Registration Roll is a driven roll The Pinch Roll is an idler that rides on the surface of the Registration Roll The Registration Roll and Pinch Roll register a sheet of paper with the toner image on the surface of the Drum Registration Sensor Monitors the movement of paper at the Registration Roll Drum and BTR Bias Transfer Roll In addition to xerographic functions the Drum and BTR drive the paper out of the Xerographic area and into the Fuser area Heat Roll and Pressure Roll In addition to fusing functions the Heat Roll and Pressure Roll drive the sheet of paper out of the Fuser and into the Offset Unit Fuser Exit Sensor Monitors the movement of paper out
57. Sensor out of the Registration Chute Assembly 3 Disconnect J103 from the rear of the Sensor SSH484F Figure 4 58 Removal of Registration Sensor Rev A 4 2 43 2 Installation 1 2 Reconnect J103 to the Registration Sensor Insert the Sensor into the cutout in the Registration Chute Assembly Press in on the Sensor unit it snaps into place Close the Left Upper Cover 172 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 44 ROS Assembly See ROS Assembly on page 256 4 2 44 1 Removal 1 Remove the Low Voltage Power Supply Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly on page 197 2 Disconnect the J106 J207 J407 and J430 from the ROS w A Lift the ROS Assembly off of the printer frame 5 Place the ROS Assembly on a flat and stable surface Do not remove covers of disassemble the ROS Assembly There are no replaceable parts of field adjustable points located inside the ROS Assembly 4 2 44 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the ROS Assembly onto the printer frame CHECK The small PWB mounted on the side of the ROS POINT Assembly should be near the HVPS and MCU side of the printer frame 2 Reposition the ROS Assembly until the two locating pins mounted on the bottom of the ROS drop into locating holes that are cut into the printer frame Rev A Remove the four screws that secure the ROS to the printer frame Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 3 Make sure you have not tr
58. TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 High Cassette 3 Same as Cassette 2 Capacity Cassette 485 Each A3 P B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper Feeder 1000 A5 L 60 90 REG TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 Thick Paper 90 190 Note a With 75g m paper EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Table 1 5 Paper Size and Mounting Direction Mounting Direction MP Duplex Paper Size Tray C1 C2 ex C4 5 printing Normal A3 297 x 420 pa pb P P c Od Paper A4 210 x 297 L L L L L O A5 148 x 210 L L z E E B4 257 x 364 P P P m O B5 182 x 257 L L L L L O B LD 279 4 x P P P O 431 8 LG 215 9 x P P P P O 355 6 GLG 215 9 x P P P P O 330 2 LT 215 9 x L L L L L O 279 4 Normal GLT 215 9 x L EE O Paper 266 7 EXE 184 1 x L L L L L O 266 7 HLT 139 7 x L L m RE m 215 9 F4 210 x 330 P m En O Special OHP A4 LT L L L L L Paper Label A4 LT L L L L L Note a L Long edge first setting b P Short edge first setting C Not available d O Available O Supported paper size L Paper Feed Standard O Paper Eject Width 100 to 297 mm Length 139 7 to 431 8 mm Each Table 1 6 Paper Eject Volume Volume Thickness Paper Eject Type sheet Paper size Type g m Face down 500 All size type and Normal P
59. TR Counter See Maintenance Mode on page 28 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Position the BTR so the BTR gear on one end of the Roll is to the rear Press the ends of the BTR into the BTR Sleeves The BTR snaps into place Rotate both levers toward to you lock the BTR in place Close the Left Upper Cover SSH486F Figure 4 61 Removal of BTR Assembly 176 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 47 Toner Sensor See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 256 4 2 47 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 2 Disconnect P J127 from the MCU PWB 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 5 Use the flat blade of a screwdriver to pry up the front end of the Toner Sensor refer to the figure below 6 When the front end is freed remove the Sensor along with the attached wire harness SSH487F Figure 4 62 Removal of Toner Sensor Rev A 4 2 47 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Toner Sensor and attached springs refer to the figure for correct positioning Route the attached wire harness along the channel and through the small opening in the rear of the frame Press the Toner Sensor into the cutout in the bottom of the EP Cartridge cavity Press and release the Toner Sensor to make sure it has a spring action return Reconnect P J127 to the
60. charge from the surface of the drum and prepares the drum for the next print cycle Rev A Paper Enters 1 Charge 2 Exposure gt 3 Development gt 4 Transfer gt 5 Detack 6 Fusing I 3J9 Paper Exits c Xerographic SE Y n ML NN NNI 7 Cleaning 4 amp Cycle repeats for the next print SMX158F Figure 2 23 Print Process The figure below shows major component related to the printer process Heat Roll Pressure Roll p 1 Blade CM Blade NO Ei as i 1 DEVELOPMENT Mag Roll Paper SSH629F Figure 2 24 Major Component 50 EPSON EPL N4000 2 4 1 Charge The Bias Charge Roll BCR places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum The drum surface is made of a photoconductive material that holds an electrical charge as long as the drum remains in darkness Light striking the drum discharges the surface charge The BCR is a conductive roll that is positioned slightly above the surface of the drum The HVPS supplies the BCR with two voltages a negative DC charge voltage and an AC discharge voltage that is used for electrically cleaning the drum Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles Drum Surface Drum Surface Image Voltage Photoconductive d T VDC value Surface d Conductive Tube r1328xa Figure 2 25 Chargin
61. exterior view of the control panel Paper Source Paper Size Manual Feed Orientation i a Y S RiTech Copies MP Tray Size mode S Menu Item Value Enter Select Type A A A A 4 On Line Form Feed Continue Reset ALT Figure 1 8 Control Panel LCD DISPLAY O Specification 20 characters in one line 5x7 dot matrix O Function Usually It displays printer condition In case of panel setting mode setting is performed by the indication LED LIGHTS O OnLine LED green On Printer is ready for printing Off Printer is not ready O Data yellow On Received data is not printed out and still left in the printer But if the received data except effective printing data is left LED does not turn on Rev A Off 2 No effective received data is left in the printer But if the control code is not ended LED is still On Blinking Processing the data O Error red Error happens and it can be canceled by Continue switch O One Touch Setting Mode 1 LED green On indicates that One Touch setting mode 1 is selected 4 items can be set Paper Source Selection Paper size Manual Feed and Orientation O One Touch Setting Mode 2 LED green On indicates that One Touch setting mode 2 is selected 4 items c
62. lines up with the screw hole in the Feeder 7 Use one screw to secure the Bracket to the Feeder Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Manually actuate the No Paper Actuator to make sure it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 SER312F Figure 4 46 Removal of MSI No Paper Sensor 159 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 33 L H Low Cover Assembly 4 Remove the two Holding Springs and lift the Pinch Roll out of the Bracket See Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover on page 251 5 Remove the two Center Bearings the two Shaft Springs and the 4 2 33 1 Removal two End Brackets from the Shaft 1 Remove the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 148 2 Remove the four screws securing the Left Middle Cover to the printer frame and remove the Cover 7 wm SSH477F Figure 4 48 Disassembly of L H Low Cover Assembly jg WT SSH476F Figure 4 47 Removal of Left Middle Cover 3 Lift the Pinch Roll Bracket off of the Left Middle Cover Rev A 160 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 33 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the two End Bearings onto the Shaft 2 Reinstall the two Shaft Springs over the End Bearings 3 Compress the Shaft Springs and reinstall the Shaft into the Bracket Make sure that the lip of each Bearing is t
63. of the Fuser Offset and Exit Unit The assembly located above the Fuser The Offset Unit drives paper to either the standard Face Down Output Tray to the optional Face Up Output Tray or to the Duplex Module The Offset Unit includes a number of components 39 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles B Inverter CW and CCW Clutches transmit Main Motor drive forward and reverse to the Offset Rolls Heat Roller W Offset Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper either forward into the Output Tray or in reverse to the Exit Roll and on to the Duplex Module B Exit Gate Solenoid controls the Exit Gate to toggle the paper path between the Output Tray or the Exit Roll and on to the Face f Up Tray or Duplex Module D nm lu Main Drive Assembly Fuser Assembly DTS Link Rod B Offset Motor and Offset Bracket moves the Offset Roll back and forth so paper delivered to the Output Tray will stack offset B Exit Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper to either the Face Up Output Tray or to the Duplex Module Cover Assembly L H XIP PUNIRE Figure 2 7 Paper Path Component SSH718F Rev A 40 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 2 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive The Main Drive Assembly provides the mechanical drive for the majority of the Paper Path components The Offset Motor provides the mechanical drive for the Offset Rolls Ma
64. page 28 B If Feed Roll is exchanged be sure to perform LC1 5 Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on page 28 SSHOSOFA Figure 6 1 Exchange Units and Parts Rev A 209 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1 Connector Pin Diagram 7 1 1 Pin Alighnment Figure on next page shows major component of wiring diagram in this printer Rev A 211 ES 3 E a Q lt N A 2 a S O 212
65. printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer 59 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles ESS PWB AC Driver PWB Main Switch Left Cover Interlock Switch Sw2 ze LVPS PWB under ESS PWB LVPS F n 7 S AC Plug Connector MCU PWB Noise Filter HVPS under MCU PWB SR1342X Figure 2 37 Power Supply Component Rev A 60 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 Printer Control Printer Control is a broad term that is used to describe the printer resources that monitor and control the actions and operations of the printer from warm up through the print cycle to machine error detection The center of printer control for the printer base engine is the Machine Control Unit PWB or MCU PWB The MCU contains an 8 bit microcomputer The MCU contains ASICs Application Specific Integrated Circuits for image data transfer and communication control ROM RAM a 16 bit integrated timer programmable timing pattern control a watch dog timer serial communications interfaces an A D converter a D A converter I O ports and a DMA controller The MCU PWB provides the logic and information processing that is necessary for the printer to function Every electrical component within the printer is connected either directly or indirectly to the MCU PWB Sensors in the printer send printer status information to the MCU The MCU processes that information and compares it
66. sse enn 264 Ge Si Power Inlet and LNS 265 e HVPS and MCU DW nennen 266 Appendix Controller Assembly o esesintotto eria tete netta lors tbesceetis der atate renean eed 267 Connector Pin Diagram e eeeeeeeeeseeee eene nennen nnns 211 PILA On Moi aos 211 How to use P J location Table and Map oconocccccnnnnocccccnananccnnnnn 213 EPSON EPL N4000 1 1 Features EPL N4000 is non impact page printer applied with laser xerographic method SSHO02F Figure 1 1 Exterior View of EPL N4000 ENGINE FEATURES O High speed amp high reliability A3 engine O Resolution 600 dpi O Printing speed 40 ppm A4 O Standard paper supply includes two universal cassettes 500 sheets x2 and manual feed tray 50 sheets O Option support for high capacity lower tray 500 sheets A4 to B 1000 sheets A4 Letter and Executive sizes O Shifter jogger fitted as standard Chapter 1 Product Description L1 Wide range of options duplex unit face up tray ENV tray mail box 3 bin finisher HDD CONTROLLER FEATURES O High speed controller employing new CPU CPU VR4700 133MHz O SDRAM DiMMs adopted 16MB RAM fitted as standard Expansion to 256 MB O Two standard interface IEEE 1284 parallel interfaces Ethernet interface L1 1 slot for Type B interface O PGI Photo Grade Improvement fitted SOFTWARE FEATURES O Emulation installed PCL5e XL TBD Paper handling support PS lev
67. the Left Upper Cover Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the toner image on the drum normal and without horizontal band deletions but there are deletions on the paper after Transfer da A Go to step 4 Replace the BTR Assembly then go to step 4 HVPS CHECK Generate a Solid Black Test Print Is the Test Print normal with no horizontal band deletions Problem solved Replace the HVPS Assembly 99 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 6 Vertical Streaks LIProblem l Table 3 40 Vertical Streaks There are black lines running vertically along the page g pag Step Actions and Questions Yes No Eo cui COM NE Me 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Probl Go to step 4 The following components ar E ene men i ij o me a S E Install a new EP Cartridge CRU solved associated with this specific problem E icai areik SC One or more of these components may diga li aic d a c a have failed partially or completely If 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Gotostep5 Replace the you cannot isolate the problem using 1 Remove the Rear Cover RRP 1 3 jos s this FIP replace each component listed 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch SR below one at a time
68. the paper The image easily rubs off LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem 3 4 15 Image not Registered Correctly OProblem The printed image is not centered on the page or is bleeding off of the page LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears disappsars ROS Assembly MCU PWB C262 Main Controller Board AC Drive PWB Table 3 58 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 with fresh Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper 2 IMAGE DENSITY INSPECTION Replacethe Go to Image Fuser Quality FIP Run a Black Test pant Assembly Light Is the Test Print a rich dark gray Undertoned Prints Rev A 111 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 5 Secondary FIPs The FIP Flowchart or a Primary FIP should have directed you to this section Before entering the Secondary FIPs 1 Is the printer plu
69. there 5VDC between J400 7 and FG and is there 5VDC between J400 8 and FG Yes Replace the Control Panel No Replace the LVPS Assembly Rev A Step Table 3 18 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears No recommendations Yes MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY TEST Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally Replace the MCU PWB Go to step 2 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY MANUAL TEST Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Go to step 9 Go to step 3 EP CARTRIDGE BINDING CHECK 1 Remove the EP Cartridge 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Replace the EP Cartridge with a new one Go to step 4 87 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 19 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Table 3 20 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FU
70. these components Install a new EP Cartridge solved may have failed partially or Are the ghost images gone mpletely If nnot isol h iL ids y you E EE H FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Replace the problem using this FIP replace each Fuser BTR t listed below one at a 1 Generate ten Grid Test Prints and A bl A bl componen switch OFF printer power when the SSES SSES time until the problem disappears MCU PWB Table 3 49 Residual Image or Ghosting Actions and Questions Yes No CUSTOMER USAGE INSPEC TION Go to step 2 Go to step 3 last print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Carefully remove the EP Cartridge and inspect the toner image on the print before it enters the Fuser and immediately after it exits the Fuser Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there are ghost images on the paper when it exits the Fuser Inspect the residual images Was the customer printing numerous copies of the same image Rev A 106 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 11 Background Table 3 52 Background Step Actions and Questions Yes No OProblem Ge i E 2 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Goto step 3 Replace the There is toner contamination on all or TION ROS part of the page The contamination 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly appears as a very light gray dusting 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and switch OFF printer p
71. to timing tables that are stored in onboard ROM Acting on the results of the processing the MCU sends commands to various printer components switching on motors switching off voltages signaling statuses Non Volatile RAM on the MCU PWB stores adjustable operation parameters such as Fuser temperature and laser strength that are used as reference during printer operation Rev A Host Computer Interface Cable Network Cable Bag Y BS Jr x Es MCU PWB_ Controller SR1343X Figure 2 38 Control Circuit Board 61 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles AC Driver PWB MCU PWB Host Rods LLL EJ x CRU Heat Rod 2 ROS I SOS Sensor Size Sensor 1 ROS Motor Registration Sensor Laser Diode No Paper I Sensor 1 Fc BH A Level SS Sensori SS MSI 1 Main Motor MSI Size Sensor MSI Fuser Fan No Paper kt Sensor 1 MSI Feed Feed Clutch Clutch Registration Clutch Lift Up Motor 1 Fuser Exit Sensor Take Away Roll Sensor Face Up 1 Exit Sensor Main Interlock Full Stack Sensor Exit Gate Feed Clutch 2 Solenoid No Paper Invert CW Sensor 2 Clutch Level Invert CCW Sensor 2 Clutch Size Sensor 2 3 Ofisat Motor Take Away Roll Sensor 2 Duplex Module Lift Up H eu Motor 2 Mailbox Left Cover P Intertock2
72. until the problem OFF printer power halfway through the d print cycle disappears 3 Open the Left Upper Cover No recommendations 4 Open the Drum Shutter 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Table 3 39 Vertical Streaks Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum Step Actions and Questions Yes No before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the toner image 1 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove on the drum normal and without Inspect the paper path between feed contamination vertical streaks but there are vertical and exit for contamination or and streaks on the paper after Transfer obstructions obstructions M i from the 5 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Replace the E S ci n 2 paper path 1 Generate another Grid Test Print and Fuser ROS switch OFF printer power when the Assembly Assembly 2 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Goto step3 Clean ROS print is halfway through the Fuser 1 Remove the EP Cartridge window 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Inspect the ROS Window for 3 Examine the paper areas before the contamination that could be blocking image enters the Fuser and after the part of the laser beam from reach the image exits the Fuser Drum Is the image on the paper normal Is the ROS Window clean before it enters the Fuser but there are vertical streaks visible when it exits the Fuser Rev A 100 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting
73. use an E ring to secure it to the shaft Figure 4 28 Removal of Tray2 Feed Clutch 3 Slide the Feed Clutch onto the shaft making sure the positioning notch on the shaft hooks onto the tab on the frame 4 Usean E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft 5 Reconnect J240 to the Feed Clutch 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover 1TM Rear Cover 1TM on page 125 Rev A 141 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 19 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly See Paper Pick Up Tray 1 on page 241 Take care not to break or dislodge the NO Paper Actuator when removing or replacing the Tray2 Feeder Assembly 4 2 19 1 Removal 1 Tray 2 from the printer 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Remove the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 137 4 Remove Tray 2 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 2 Feed Clutch on page 141 Refer to the figure on your right 5 Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Gear located behind the Feed Clutch to the shaft and remove the Feed Gear and Bearing SSH466F 6 Hold down the Stopper Link while you pull the Feeder Assembly to the front of the printer frame Figure 4 29 Removal of Tray2 Feeder Assembly 7 Remove the Feeder Assembly from Feeder 2 Rev A 142 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 19 2 Installation 1 Hold down the Stopper Li
74. 0 2 1 2 3 Lift Up Motor 1 and Lift Up Motor 2 When a Paper Tray is installed in the printer the MCU PWB switches on the Lift Up Motor Each tray has a square metal shaft running along one side of the tray Attached to the shaft is an L shaped metal tongue 1 When the tray is inserted into the paper feeder a pin at the end of the shaft engages the Lift Up Motor gear 2 When the MCU detects that the tray is inserted MCU PWB switches on the Lift Up Motor Then the motor rotates the square shaft and the square shaft shifts the attached metal tongue which in turn raises the tray Bottom Plate which raises the paper stack As the paper stack raises it pushes up on the No Paper Actuator which in turn switches the No Paper Sensor Rev A Plate Tongue Tongue Shaft Assembly Bottom Plate Plate Tongue Bottom Plate SR1494X Figure 2 3 Lift Up Mechanism Motor Control Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 2 4 Motor Control The MCU PWB provides power for and controls the operation of the Main Motor the Lift Up Motors and the Offset Motor All motors are 24VDC motors The Main Motor is a stepper motor The MCU signals step the Main Motor through a 360 rotation The MCU PWB provides both forward and reverse control of the Offset Motor Main Motor N p A Ee P Ki Re 4 Offset Motor P MCU PWB Pi Se Lift Up Motor 1 J NV P KC Wi N Lift Up Mo
75. 0 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 35 Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly 6 Reinstall the Bracket onto the Left Lower Cover Assembly and use three screws to secure it to the Assembly See Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 252 7 Reinstall the Left Lower Cover Assembly Left Lower Cover 4 2 35 1 Removal Assembly on page 162 1 Remove the Left Lower Cover Assembly Left Lower Cover Assembly on page 162 2 Remove the three screws securing the Pinch Roll Bracket to the Assembly and remove the Bracket 3 Unhook the two Pinch Roll Springs and lift the Pinch Roll out of the Bracket 4 Remove the two Center Bearings and the two End Bearings from the Roll 4 2 35 2 Installation 1 Reinstall an End Bearing to each end of the Pinch Roll 2 Reinstall the Pinch Roll onto the Bracket Make sure that the lip of each Bearing is trapped behind the tabs in the Bracket 3 Hook one end of each Pinch Roll Spring into a spring hole in one side of the Bracket 4 Bring the Springs over the Pinch Roll Shaft and hook the other end of each Spring into the spring hole on the opposite side of the Bracket 5 Slide a Center Bearing under each Pinch Roll Spring as shown in i SSH479F the figure Figure 4 50 Removal of Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly Rev A 163 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 36 Left Lower Cover Interlock Switch Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 252 4 2 36 1 Removal 1
76. 1 011 600dpi 9 5VRTN VIO E RMOT RDY Monitors Scanner Motor speed Low Speed correct APC CONT YEL B8 s A 5VRTN VIO Dies High Speed not correct IE BIO ROS SOS Monitors start of scan High Off Low On SER604FA Figure 7 13 ROS MCU PWB Rev A 224 EPSON EPL N4000 P J606 7 XERO CRU 4 don J127 P127 Bis TNR EMP x 24VRTN 5m e Zo 3 BEE on E P454 9 CRUMSPWR GRY 5 S CRUSCLK YEL a amp CRUSDATA YEL 2 m ao SER605FB Figure 7 14 Toner Sensor o Xerographic CRU MCU PWB Signal Name Description Table 7 12 Signal Name CRUM PWR Switches CRUM power CRU CLK Clock signal for CRU Memory CRU DATA CRU Memory data TNRZEMP Monitor toner quantity in the ET Cartridge Low Quantity is low Hiigh Enough quantity Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix P500 J500 J457 1 24VSQ ORN 14 2 24VRTN VIO 13 3 24VRTN VIO 12 4 AGND VIO T 5 lt BTR MON BLU 10 o o 6 BTR SEL BLU 9 X n 7 lt BTR RMT BLU 8 T gt 8 DTS ON BLU 7 z E 9 BCRAC CLK BLU 6 a 10 lt BCRDC ON BLU 5 e 11 lt DBAC CLK BLU 4 z 12 lt DB ON BLU 3 a n 2 lt 5V GRY pa s Figure 7 15 HVPS M CU PWB Table 7 13 Signal Name SER606FB Signal Name Description
77. 1 STS ESR YEL a F SVRIN VIO E EE i 5VRTN VIO ele J601 j SNR FUT YEL BS S SVRTN vio JER SNR STK YEL We 4 3 gt SVRTN vio m S 824v ORN 2mms s SOLSGATE BLU SCA Y J602 re a blov ORN elo cLsicw BLU s mim 2 io 24V ORN mm d CLSICCW BLU SCA Weg J209 P209 a OMOTSEWD BLU 2mm OMOTSREV BLU la J104 J600 J601 vg J602 J209 FEE J109 P1 BCC D mmg y N 3 imi Iw IL J218 v N co Nm mm in mcm im N CLUTCH 1 REGI GATE CLUTCH FUSER EXIT SENSOR J109 FACE UP EXIT SENSOR J133 FULL STACK SENSOR J210 gt Na EXIT GATE SOLENOID N ICW CLUTCH N ICCW CLUTCH OCT MOTOR SER610XC Figure 7 19 Other Clutch and Sensor Offset Mother Exit Gate Solenoid MCU PWB Rev A Table 7 17 Signal Name Signal Name Description CL FEED1 Controls Tray 1 paper feed High No feed Low Feed CL RGATE Controls Registration Clutch High Clutch off Low Clutch on STSHFSR Fuser Heat Roll temperature Analog signal SNR FEXIT Monitors paper leaving the Fuser High Paper present Low Paper not present SNR FUT Monitors paper arriving at the Face Up output tray High Paper not present Low Pape present SOL GATE Controls Gate Solenoid High Face Down output Low Face Up output CL ICCW Controls Inverter CCW Clutch High Off Low On CLS I
78. 12 SPRING TORSION 99 KIT ACTUATOR SENSOR ASSY with 3 and 4 Rev A PL11 4 13 2 Chapter 7 Appendix 11 gt 3l S PL11 4 13 PL11 4 13 5 Se De S A J241 e Y 99 with 3 4 SER509XD Figure 7 33 Tray Interface Tray2 243 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 10 Paper Pick Up Tray 2 Table 7 30 Parts Name for Paper Pick Up Tray2 d na E of item 6 o eng 1 GEAR 46T M N EX 2 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY 3 GEAR 28T M N for Tray2 and High Capacity Feed only 4 BEARING FEED for Tray2 and High Capacity Feed only 5 FEEDER ASSEMBLY MIN XIP with 6 to 14 6 FOLL ASSEMBLY 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY OW 8 CLUTCH GEAR 25T 9 BEARING 10 SHAFT FEED M N 11 GEAR 31T 12 GEAR 25T 13 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY NUDGER 14 BEARING 97 KIT TRAY 2 CLUTCH with 1 4 98 KIT FEED ROLL Qty 6 of item 6 99 KIT PICKUP GEAR TRAY with 1 and 3 SER510XD Table 7 31 Paper Pick Up Tray2 Rev A 244 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 11 Retard and Take Away Tray 2 Table 7 32 Parts Name for Retard and Take Away Tray2 No in the Figure 1 Unit Parts Name RETARD ASSEMBLY XIP with 2 to 8 2 GEAR 22 T XIP 3 SHAFT ASSEMBLY RET XIP 4 BEARING 5 ROLL ASSEMBLY 6 SPACER 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FRICTION 8 SUPPORT RETARD 9 aus 10 GEAR 22 11 BEARING 12 GEAR STOPPER XI
79. 2 AD3 PC3 ADA PCA AD5 PC5 NFMB4ROOT101 te e tan 36 74ACT157 OOT101 pa PLLMDSLT AD5 PLLPABO SE AD7 PLLPRB1 2201 BLLMONDE 25v LMON T101 3 ARA NFM51R 02 to CPU BUS 3 3V to RIT4 4l Video FLS3 NFMBAR4 Han ms 8 j E us o o C IT 3 NFM51R zm B MCLK10 to 7416646 D cu tb M MCLK 14 o o i M SCON gt MCLK12 W ON MCLK13 GND 3 3v F F NFM5 LS4 R208 CLK20 to SDRAM DTMMO NF METBAOT Ze MCLK20 to SDRAM DIMMO AAA MCLK21 4 OE 1 E b o m bal n E x 25 NFM51R 2 2 WI 1 R230 E e Ex A k e A 1 MCLK50 to SDRAM DIMMO c NZ 1388 c TA VS 777 z RESZ B388 AAA 2 SCON gt MCLK81 GND e lA c e Sa 7 7 NFM51R to SDRAM DIMM4 NEMS to SDRAM DIMM1 3 3V COE MCLK61 B6020P 1800T101 a e Ta TO a LA e o 77 L GND C338 00T101 Oy Lup AS a ere STON gt MCLK40 to SDRAM DI
80. 3 Segen can be used with both Tray 1 and Tray 2 B Item 3 and 4 can be used only for Tray 1 Figure 7 31 Paper Pick Up Tray1 Rev A 241 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 8 Retard and Take Away Tray 1 Table 7 28 Parts Name for Retard amp Take Away Tray1 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 RETARD ASSEMBLY XIP 2 to 8 2 GEAR 22 T XIP 3 SHAFT ASSEMBLY RET XIP 4 BEARING 5 ROLL ASSEMBLY 6 SPACER 7 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY FRICTION 8 SUPPORT RETARD 9 GEARING 10 GEAR 22 11 SPACER 12 GEAR STOPPER XIP 13 BEARING R 14 BEARING C 15 ROLLER ASSEMBLY S F 16 BEARING 17 BEARING 18 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FEED OUT 19 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FEED IN 20 GEAR 22 20 IOT H N 21 SUPPORT ASSEMBLY SPRING 22 SPRING 23 RETARD FRAME 98 RETARD ASSEMBLY TRAY1 HIGH with 1 and 9 23 v 1 with 2 8 14 SERSO8XE 99 KIT TAKE AWAY GEAR TRAY 1 with 2 10 and 20 v98 1 with 9 23 v 99 2 10 20 Figure 7 32 Retard amp Take Away Tray1 Rev A 242 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 9 Tray Interface Tray 2 No in the Figure Table 7 29 Parts Name for Tray Interface Tray2 4 Unit Parts Name SW ASSEMMBLY PS 2 MOTOR ASSEMBLY 3 ACTUATOR SNR 4 SUPPORT ACTUATOR 5 PHOTO INTERRUPTER 6 See 7 CHUTE ASSEMBLY FRONT 2T for Tray 2 only 8 STOPPER TRAY F 9 STOPPER TRAY R 10 SPACER L 11 LINK STOPPER
81. 4 1 Removal 1 Remove the two screws securing the Top Cover to the Right Cover 2 Carefully raise the right end of the Top Cover and at the same time lift the Right Cover up and away from the printer frame SER306F Figure 4 11 Removal of Right Cover Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 4 2 Installation 1 2 Raise the right end of the Top Cover Press the Right Cover against the printer frame and slide the Cover down until the two hooks at the bottom lip of the Cover are hooked in place under the Tray 1 Cover Press the top of the Right Cover against the printer frame while you lower the Top Cover Make sure the Top Cover screw tabs rest on top of the Right Cover Use two screws to secure the Right Cover and Top Cover to the printer frame 123 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 5 Control Panel 4 2 5 2 Installation See Top Cover Assembly on page 235 1 Position the Control Panel over the opening in the Top Cover Assembly and press the Panel into the opening The panel snaps 4 2 5 1 Removal into place 1 Remove the Top Cover See Top Cover Assembly on page 121 2 Reconnect J417 2 Disconnect the J417 from the Control Panel 3 Reinstall the Top Cover See Top Cover Assembly on page 121 3 Pushin on the four tabs securing the Control Panel to the Top Cover while you press the Control Panel out of the Cover SER438F Fig
82. 4 2 57 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Fuser Exit Sensor by pressing the Sensor latches into the cutouts in the Lower Chute 20 88 Make sure you install the Sensor with the wire SERESE KOJE harness positioned to the rear of the Lower Chute and the Sensor actuator moving freely though the cutout below the Sensor Figure 4 72 Removal of Lower Chute Assembly 2 Secure J104 wire harness under the harness clips located on the Lower Chute 3 Reinstall the Lower Chute to the Exit Assembly frame Use five screws to secure the Lower Chute Rev A 188 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 58 Upper Chute Assembly See Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 261 4 2 58 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 187 Disconnect P J 133 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Disconnect P J 210 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Open the Upper Chute Assembly and loosen do not remove the rear screw securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the frame Remove the three rear screws that secure the Lower Chute to the frame Carefully pull the frame far enough to the rear to free the rear hinge of the Upper Chute Pull the Upper Chute to the rear and free the front hinge and remove the Upper Chute Assembly 4 2 58 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the front hinge of the Upper Chute Assembly into the cutout at the front of the fram
83. 4000 2 4 6 Fusing When a sheet of paper leaves the transfer area static electricity holds the unfused toner image to the surface of the paper After transfer the paper moves to the Fuser where it passes between the Heat Roll and the Pressure Roll The combination of heat and pressure melts the toner image and bonds it permanently to the paper The fused sheet of paper is then transported to the output tray feu asny Fuser Pressure Roll Heat Roll feu pasnjun Sr i359x Figure 2 30 Fusing Rev A 2 4 7 Clean The Cleaning Blade removes any toner that remains on the drum after the transfer process The toner that the Cleaning Blade removes is collected inside the sealed EP Cartridge Toner that is reclaimed from the drum is not reused by the EP Cartridge ele en Toner collected by cleaning is collected as left toner ZOUE and kept in the different room from that for the unused toner Transfer efficiency is more than 90 Transfer efficiency varies by the printing rate humidity environment Also left toner is not reused Sri334x Figure 2 31 Cleaning 55 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O From Registration Roll to BTR Drum 2 5 Print Sequence O Paper Feeding from Tray1 Registration Registration Sensor i i a Roller 9 Feed Nudger ET oller Retard Roller Retard Bolier Roller Registration Sensor Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Switch Assembl
84. 458 gg KE a P454 200900 USE P400 22 fA il S et g P427 P456 L al E P462 8888 P402 1 3 al P401 Oo at a caos El P461 720 S Le A P459 L mA EJ P403 mU P406 ies Ine P405 P404 SER345FA Figure 4 86 Removal of MCU PWB 202 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 69 2 Installation 1 Place the Bracket on a flat non conductive surface 2 Hold on to the edges of the PWB or one of the plastic connectors mounted on the board and reinstall the MCU into the Bracket Position the MCU so the connectors are on the right 3 Use four screws one in each corner to secure the MCU PWB to the Bracket Do not overtighten these four screws Overtightening may crack the PWB 4 Reinstall the MCU Cover onto the MCU Bracket Position the Cover so the three screw tabs are on the right and aligned over the three screw holes in the center of the MCU PWB 5 Use six screws to secure the MCU Cover to the MCU Bracket 6 Reinstall the MCU PWB Bracket onto the printer frame Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the Bracket and the frame 7 Use four screws to secure the Bracket to the printer frame 8 Reconnect the seventeen P Js to the MCU PWB 9 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Rev A 203 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 70 Controller Board See Controller Assembly
85. BS to pec EEN R 3 E A ERES S 3 2 427 peer AB15 CH AB NI CO 8 Bat C264 O a a D TO BN to p265 B16 AAA 6B 13 o 4 H 4 IES MN EB iQ Sao p266 i EE ACER S On tp jf 267 RM90 10K ER ZO 1xD BN to p268 a lt M z 3 bi DH Sy tp 263 Zub 270 Oy fp Ee71 Du tp C272 a E NC Boy dee NC zupip E273 D i By tp C274 NC dem E S EE 5 Pattern only 3 m 1498 AAA 10K Greg BND Eder pee ANN A 42 HARDY GND z E ADREG GND o GND z B NC 5V tu i C106 oli alo lols C31 AEA D AAE Y i C SIEUT a oii N4000 OO OO COCO C QOO o onsesoc oz cs HERE p nomm z Boot SC S E DOO z oS aN 4 of a 23 2 6N kA O5B56KA 15 EIEEN TB PRBDY TS EPRDY B CTB CPUDS CPUD7 SPUAO ajo ex na C CPU CPUAA CPU CPUAG Lo 17105 330 17104 loo 330 1710W ER 330 17100 Vv VIFINTX CS VDOCLK SCC RAMDB PAO RAMDO PA1 RAMD10 P RAMD HAN BAMD1S PAS RAMD14 PAB RAMD15 PA7 R191 4 ARA 7 10 k AD13 PCO AD1 PC1 AD2 PC
86. Bit Image Dark Light BarCode ESCPC Scale 10096 80 70 60 Avoid Error Off On PageC 2 Auto CR On Off Auto FF On Off CR Function CH R LF LF Function LF CR LE FF Function FF CR FF Error Code Ignore Space PageC Scale 10096 80 70 Avoid Error 7 Form Overlay 57 Form Number 57 Off On Off On Resident DIMM Download 21 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Table 1 30 Printer Setting LJ5 Menu Table 1 29 Printer Setting Font Source Font Number Pitch Height SymSet Form Source SymSet Dest SymSet Value Resident DIMM Download 0 available Max 65535 0 44 10 00 99 99 cpi step 0 01 cpi 4 00 12 00 999 75pt step 0 25 pt IBM US Roman 8 ECM94 1 8859 2 ISO 8859 9 ISO 8859 9 ISO 8859 10ISO PcBIt775 IBM DN PcMuktiling PcE Europe PcTk437 Pc1004 WiAnsi WiE Europe WiTurkish WiBaltic DeskTop PsText Velnternati VeUS MsPublishin Math 8 PsMath VeMath PiFont Legal UK ANSI ASCII Swedis2 Intalian Spanish German Norweg1 Fench2 Windows McText Pclcelandic 13 PcLt774 14 PcTurk2 1 4 PcCanFrench i PcS1437 14 PcNordic 12 8859 3 ISO 4 8859 4 ISO WiBaltic WiEstonian WiLatvian Mazowia 7 CodeMJK 1427 BpBRASCII BpAbicomp 4 PcGk37 1 5 PcGk851 14 PcGK869 4 25 8859 7 ISO 1425 WiGreek Europe3 1 PcCy855 14 6 PcCy866 14 26 PcLt866 1 8859 5 ISO 4 WiCyrillic
87. Brink See NWAITX SCON SALO 141 47 1024 74LS06 Z M x 10404 Srs 13 12 47 SPESE x STON i W24257A 15 reason D7 ER 56 80 FL401 Be 5 M40R0 1C MS 47 D4 a 3 1 3 MS 47 e 1 MS 47 D2 Q M 47 1 Ms 47 3 a 4 AM406 5 6 A i B ad S Blas END EM407 1 vec o gt 5 oN C421 HMA0B8 N 0 1u AMZ0S GD SOJ Package k e 1 Al2 2 Flan Pattern Ju 1 2 Patter
88. C262MAIN BOARD REPLACEMET 1 Replace the Main Controller Board C262 Main 2 Generate a Grid Test Print Is the printed Test Pattern normal Problem solved Go to step 6 96 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 34 Black Prints Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 7 1 Replace the MCU PWB solved 2 Generate a Grid Test Print Is the printed Test Pattern normal 7 ROS REPLACEMENT Problem Refer to the 1 Replace the ROS Assembly solved wing diagrams 2 Generate a Grid Test Print Section 14 and check for a broken wire or loose connection between components in the Is the printed Test Pattern normal Xerographic sections of the printer Rev A 97 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 4 Vertical Band Deletions Table 3 36 Vertical Band Deletions OProblem S There are areas of the image that are Step Actions and Questions Yes No extremely E eet These 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 4 missing areas form wide bands that run Install a new EP Cartridge CRU solved vertically along the page in the direction of paper travel Are the vertical band deletions gone 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Go to step 5 Replace th ISUSPECT COMPONENTS SE a See ORe The following components are associated Dis RE Assembly ith thi ifi blem O D f 2 Generate a Solid Black
89. CW Controls Inverter CW Clutch High Off Low On OMOT FWD Controls forward motion of the Offset Motor High On Low Off OMOT REV Controls reverse motion of the Offset motor High On Low 0ff SNR STK Monitors the Full Stack Sensor High Tray full Low Tray not full 229 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix MOS xs ay apie J800 P800 Table 7 18 Signal Name 1 SAS 1 1 a 5VRTN BLU A i mm x EM BU AES 2 2 Signal Name Description Y 7 DET BLU GEI 4 4 OPT TX Status of Finisher or Mailbox sent to MCU High Mark 2 5 ETS ENSREDET BLU AIS d z Y LowzNo mark O 24VRTN viO B Wen A S 24V ORN BIE e z OPT RX Status of MCU sent to the Finisher or Mailbox i o SVRIN VO ds 43 8 High Mark Low No mark ig SYRIN vo SiC S 11 MBS DET Monitors presence of Mailbox High Mailbox not S sl installed Low Mailbox installed FSNR DET Monitors presence of Finisher High Finisher not installed Low Finisher installed P612 P J830 1 A 1 2 A 2 A 3 3 A 4 4 or om 5 ui I 6 6 7 ime 7 z 2 Be 8 x 3 B 9 4 B 10 5 B 11 6 12 FINISHER SER611FA Figure 7 20 Multibin e Finisher M MCU PWB Rev A 230 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 19 Signal Name
90. Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 Procedures for Disassembling This section describes procedures for disassembling EPL N4000 Unless specified assembling can be done by reversing the disassembly procedures If you need to disassemble the unit which are not written on the manual refer to the exploded diagrams provided in Appendix MSI Feed Clutch MSI Nudger Roll Assembly MSI Size Sensor Assembly MSI No Paper Sensor Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Tray 1 amp Tray 2 No Paper Senso Tray 2 Take Away Senso a i MSI Nudger Roll MSI Pad Left Lower Cover Tray 1 8 Tray 2 Interlock Switch Level Sensor NO Y y MSI Feed Roll user Full Cover Feed Nudger and L H Lower Cover Retard Roll Assembly MSI Friction Clutc ch402 Figure 4 3 Flow Chart 2 Top cover BTR Assembly Front Chute Assembly Transfer Roller Assembly Y v Left Chute Assembly Tray 1 Feeder Assembly Left Lower Cover Rear Cover Assembly y Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly Figure 4 2 Flow Chart 1 ch401 Rev A 117 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly Offset Motor Controller Board Unit Control Panel Low Voltage Power Supply Assembly
91. D display a Left Cover number that advances by one digit Interlock each time you actuate or deactuate Switch 90 EPSON EPL N4000 3 3 8 Inoperative Offset The Offset function does not work or does not work correctly Step Table 3 25 Inoperative Offset Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Wiring and connectors linking the components LVPS Assembly Yes Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 26 Inoperative Offset Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 OFFSET TEST Go to step 4 Replace the Offset Unit Does the Offset Roll shift away from Assembly the Exit Motor during 10 6 and toward the Motor during 10 7 4 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Problem Go to Suspect Replace the MCU PWB solved Components Does Offset work correctly MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY INSPECTION 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally Go to step 2 Go to FIP Inoperative Main Drive Assembly EXIT DRIVE TEST 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Does the Exit Motor run forward during 10 6 and reverse during 10 7 Go to step 3 Replace the Exit Drive A
92. DG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Greek installed Rev A 26 Appears only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Cyrillic installed 27 Appears only when only when NLSP EDG OEM Scalable Font ROM for Latin installed 28 When LJ4 Menu gt SymSet Value is changed to this Symbol set Font Source Resident Font Number 0 setting is automatically made and therefore to print this symbol set a font must be selected for which the Font Source and Font Number Value are supported by this symbol set 29 Appears when a status sheet resource is included in NLSP Font ROM 33 Appears only when the relevant option font is installed 40 Appears only when the ENV tray is installed and can then be selected 41 Does not appear if the ENV tray is installed It is assumed that the power is off during the installation 42 Appears only when the high capacity lower cassette is installed and can then be selected 43 Not displayed on the panel Can be extracted with EJL and so forth Not printed on the status sheet 44 Not displayed on the panel Can be extracted with EJL and so forthonly when the high capacity lower cassette is installed Not printed on the status sheet 50 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be selected and obtained with PJL EJL and so forth only when the finisher is installed 24 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 51 Appears only when the face up tray is installed and ca
93. EEPROM 64Kbit Parallel Type only pattern O Data Buffer Host I F Parallel I F IEEE 1284 B type connector Network 10 100 BaseT Control Panel Control Panel Unit LCD 20x1 8 SWs 6 LEDs Expansion ROM Expansion by ROM DIMM DRAM Expansion by DIMM Type B 2 slots but only Ch1 Hard Disk P Bus No DMA ROM Bus Expansion for ROM and I F Clock CPU 66 66660 MHz Video 67 1749 MHz Dot 33 58748 MHz DMA Video Color PCI CPU Bus Video Monochrome E05B56 1 0 E05B52 via E05B40 Type B Rev A 69 EPSON EPL N4000 Block diagram of C262 Main Board is shown below CPU CTOCK av fes 33 4700 driver 101 66 6666MHz 208pin 3 3V Go A Sat analyzer E AAA PMB E05B51 n YT 3V Video I F 1 20pin Code DIMM 0 16MB 72pin stage A ub al lo Spin i ROM DIMM 0 16MB 72pin 3 del Ur ieee I F La o E05B56 Spr ee juod oum ig um Ma RH zl lr Panel 20pin ROM BUS _ 80pin lt Parallel F 36pin SE H c NEUES pM N ei RJ45 k ox 5 Serial Bpin g AS 6pin B dn ie esT eHe LP ds d afas Uli Ln ll Ser1 pt um er IS z mu KByte il LA ien 53 Dr i pattern o 032 16 Z TypeB 8 36pin 1 0 bus een a IrDA et E A 60pin Debu AS D 30pin Le ch201 8KB Figure 2 47 Block Diagram of C262 Main Board Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles 70 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 Troubleshooting 3 1 1 Service Flowchart To use the Service Flowchart star
94. EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 2 Controller 2 7 2 2 Specification on the Controller The video data from the host computer is input to the controller circuit The table below shows specifications on the controller through either interface circuit or network board C262 Main Board which is the control circuit of this printer generates video signal by EE converting the data based on the printing data from the host computer Type Name Location Function into the laster data Laster data is sent to Laser Diode PWB as video cry R4700 1C1 CPU controls ihe controller and is driven by m 64 bit interior clock 133 MHZ signal On the Laser Diode PWB the emission light of Laser Diode is turned on or off by the video signal ASIC E05B51 IC2 Memory come and DMA control E05B52 IC23 Connecting E05B51 and E05B40 E05B40 IC26 Control Panel Host UE control 2 7 2 1 Functions of the Controller E05B56 C32 PGI RIT Engine I F Toner Counter O Communication between the host computer and network Memory Mask ROM IC10 IPL Font 11 Flash ROM O Processing the Printing Data Analyzing the command and CN4 7 generating video signal ROM DIMM Code Local language and Expansion ROM D Sending the video signal to ROS Assembly SC EE O Monitoring the control panel EEPROM IC405 128kbit Serial type Storing the setting values of the printer O Memory Management
95. EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 3 Rear Left and Right Cover Table 7 23 Parts Name for Rear Left and Right Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 COVER INNER LH 2 COVER RH 3 COVER ASSEMBLY REAR OEM 4 COVER REAR 1TM OEM SER503XB Figure 7 27 Rear Left and Right Cover Rev A 237 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 4 Tray Unit Paper Stack Table 7 24 Parts Name for Tray Unit Paper Stacker No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 TRAY ASSEMBLY with 2 18 and Tray Unit End Guide V 1 with2 18 PL2 2 2 PLATE BOTTOM 3 PAD BOTTOM 4 PLATE TONGUE 5 SHAFT ASSEMBLY TONGUE 6 BEARING 7 GUIDE ASSEMBLY SIDE 8 LEVER 9 SHAFT 10 SPRING 11 PLATE SIDE 12 ACTUATOR 13 LINK 14 SPRING TORSION 15 STOPPER L F 16 HOUSING TRAY 17 WASHER 18 WASHER SIDE GUIDE ues 15 SER504FB Figure 7 28 Tray Unit Paper Stack H Rev A 238 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 5 Tray Unit End Guide Table 7 25 Parts Name for Tray Unit End Guide No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GUIDE ASSEMBLY END 2 PLATE ASSEMBLY END 3 ACTUATOR ASSEMBLY 4 CABLE ASSEMBLY 5 SPRING EXTENSION 6 PULLEY 7 GUIDE ACTUATOR 99 KIT CASSETTE CABLES with 4 and 5 99 4 Qty 2 y 5 Qty 2 op 7 5 SER505XA Figure 7 29 Tray Unit End Guide
96. ER 13 MSI WIRE HARNESS P604 J108 P107 P208 14 MSI NUDGER ROLLER ASSEMBLY with 15 to 25 15 MSI NUDGER ROLLER SUPPORT 16 MSI NUDGER GEAR COVER 17 MSI NUDGER GEAR 18 MSI NUDGER BEARING REAR 19 MSI GATE 20 MSI NUDGER ROLLER BEARING FRONT 21 MSI NUDGER ROLLER SHAFT 22 MSI NUDGER ROLLER e EBs 23 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH 24 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH SPACER m x 25 MSI FRICTION CLUTCH GEAR 26 UPPER FEEDER FRAME Figure 7 38 Upper Feeder Assembly Rev A 249 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 16 MSI Tray Assembly Table 7 37 Parts Name for MSI Tray Assembly l E _ 1 MSI TRAY ASSEMBLY with 2 9 MSI PAD MSI SIDE GUIDE MSI SIZE SENSOR ASSEMBLY MSI SIZE GUIDE SPRING MSI SIZE GUIDE LINK MSI TARY LOWER COVER MSI TRAY MSI TRAY UPPER COVER OO CO NI O aj A j N SER516XB Figure 7 39 MSI Tray Assembly Rev A 250 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 17 Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover Table 7 38 Parts Name for Tray1 Frame and Left Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 PANCHI ROLL ASSEMBLY with 2 to 7 HOLDING SPRING SHAFT SPRING CENTER BEARING END BEARING PINCH ROLLER PINCH ROLLER BRACKET COVER ASSEMBLY L H LOW with9 10 and 13 ES PL11 4 15 4 PL1 2 9 k S w e CO NI O aj A j N 9 GROUNDING METAL 10 LEFT MIDDLE COVER 11 FRAME LH 12 TAKE AWAY SENSOR 1 13 TAKE AWAY SENSOR
97. ER INSPECTION Load fresh Go to step 3 are vertical band deletions visible Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper when it exits the Fuser Rev A 98 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting EPSON EPL N4000 3 4 5 Horizontal Band Deletions LIProblem There are areas of the image that are extremely light or missing entirely These missing areas form wide bands that run horizontally across the page parallel with the direction of paper travel LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Qn NM AH NN HI e CRU Connector and Contact Springs e MCU PWB Fuser Assembly Table 3 37 Horizontal Band Deletions Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled with fresh dry paper 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge solved Are the horizontal band deletions gone Rev A Step Table 3 38 Horizontal Band Deletions Actions and Questions Yes No IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Solid Black Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open
98. ERTER EXIT GEAR FRONT 18 INVERTER ERACKET 19 EXIT WIRE HARNESS J602 lt gt J218 J219 Rev A ED Chapter 7 Appendix SER529XE Figure 7 52 Exit Drive Assembly v1 with 2 19 262 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 29 Main Drive Assembly Table 7 50 Parts Name for Main Drive Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY 2 HARNESS CLAMP SER530FC Figure 7 53 Main Drive Assembly Rev A 263 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 30 Fuser Drive Assembly v1 with 2 9 Table 7 51 Parts Name for Fuser Drive Assembly PL11 4 21 J600 P12 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 423 1 FRAME ASSEMBLY EXIT REAR with 2 9 2 GEAR 22T x aud 3 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 3 4 BRACKET ASSEMBLY 5 BRACKET 6 SPRING 7 BRACKET 8 FRAME ASSEMBLY EXIT REAR 9 STOPPER HOOK 10 HARNESS CLAMP 1 11 HARNESS CLAMP 2 12 HARNESS CLAMP 3 13 DRAWER CONNECTOR P12 lt gt J23 J600 14 CONNECTOR P104 15 CONNECTOR P602 SER531FE Figure 7 54 Fuser Drive Assembly Rev A 264 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 31 Power Inlet and LVPS Table 7 52 Parts Name for Power Inlet and LVPS No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 POWER INLET CONNECTOR 2 NOISE FILTER PWB 100V 120V NOISE FILTER PWB 220V BRACKET N F PWB STUD HARNESS CLAMP MAIN POWER HARNESS F51 F54 J1 lt gt J13 J19 J20 MA
99. ESS PWB Yes EXTERNAL NOISE 1 Check if there is other electrical equipment such as electrical generators radio transmitters or devices using electrical motors within ten feet of the printer 2 Shut off the other electrical equipment or relocate the printer at least twenty feet away from the other devices Is the Electrical Noise problem still present Go to step 2 Permanently relocate either the printer or the problem device 112 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 60 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Table 3 61 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 OPTION ISOLATION Go to step 3 Go the If the printer has options installed such Technical as Duplex Unit or the High Capacity Manual for the Feeder remove each option one at a problem time and see how the printer option and operations without that option installed troubleshoot for arcing solenoids Does the Electrical Noise problem Mu ud ei aulty PWBs go away when you remove a specific Ga or wiring option 3 AC GROUND Go to step 4 Repairthe AC Check the AC wall outlet wall outlet Is the AC wall outlet correctly wired and grounded Steps 4 through 11 attempt to find a faulty printer component that may be generating electrical noise If replacing a component does not solve the problem reinstall the old component before moving on to the next s
100. Figure Unit Parts Name 1 FUSER ASSEMBLY 115V Customer Replaceable Unit CRU FUSER ASSEMBLY 220V Customer Replaceable Unit CRU SSH591F Figure 7 48 Fuser Assembly Rev A 258 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 25 Exit Lower Chute _PL11 4 21 4209 Table 7 46 Parts Name Exit Lower Chute No in the Figure Unit Parts Name ES 1 TRANSPORT ASSEMBLY FULL with PL9 1 PL9 2 map s dig PL9 3 and PL9 4 eee y 2 SOLENOID ASSEMBLY ei with PL9 1 PL9 2 PL9 3 and PL9 4 3 LINK SOLENOID EIN 4 SPRING 5 OFFSET MOTOR 6 LOWER CHUTE ASSEMBLY with 7 15 7 PINCH ROLLER SPRING FRONT 1 8 PINCH ROLLER SPRING REAR 1 9 PINCH ROLLER SPRING FRONT 2 10 PINCH ROLLER FRONT 11 PINCH ROLLER REAR 12 FUSER ROLLER REAR 18 LOWER CHUTE 14 ELIMINATOR 15 PINCH ROLL SPRING REAR 2 16 EXIT SENSOR 17 EXIT ACTUATOR 18 EXIT SESOR SPRING 19 EXIT SENSOR BRACKET 20 BRACKET ASSEMBLY FRONT 21 LOWER CHUTE FACE UP 22 FRAME ASSEMBLY REAR 23 EXIT HARNESS J601 lt gt J109 J133 J210 v6 with 7 15 y SS PL10 2 8 SER526XE Figure 7 49 Exit Lower Chute Rev A 259 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 26 Offset Roller Table 7 47 Parts Name for Offset Roller No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 BEARING 2 ROLLER ASSEMBLY EXIT FUT 3 GEAR 19 ASSEMBLY 4 OFFSET ROLLER ASSEMBLY 5
101. Full Cover into place Make sure the tabs remain in 4 Open the Front Left Cover and remove the screw securing the place the Fuser Full Cover meshes smoothly with the Top Cover Fuser Cover to the frame See the figure below and the two screw holes in the Fuser Full Cover line up with the holes in the printer frame 5 Lift the Fuser Cover off of the Top Cover Assembly 6 Use two screws to secure the Fuser Full Cover SSH301F Figure 4 8 Tabs of Fuser Full Cover Figure 4 7 Fuser Full Cover Removal Rev A 120 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 2 Top Cover Assembly See Top Cover Assembly on page 235 4 2 2 1 Removal 1 Unplug the AC Power Cord from the rear of the printer 2 Remove the Fuser Full Cover See Fuser Full Cover on page 120 3 Disconnect J204 from the Fuser Fan 4 Remove the two screws securing the right side of the Top Cover Assembly to the Right Cover See figure below Figure 4 9 Removal of Top Cover Assembly Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 5 Carefully lift the Top Cover a few inches off of the printer frame 6 Disconnect the J417 from the Control Panel and lift the Top Cover Assembly off of the printer frame 4 2 2 2 Installation 1 Unplug the AC Power Cord from the rear of the printer LwWNeB Do not reinstall the Top Cover while the AC power Cord is connected to the printer While reinstalling the Top Cover you may accidently switch on the
102. ILES Qmm mo maonmammmmm SE N AT mmn C D HE14 1815 aloo else egal C ADLTI SYSAD sy ho ls llul eap 00000004 SOC u m EISES o oa C74LCX15545AF hole kohal KEE SS 3 unono w MNANAUA ogoogo lk Sp OX SDRAM DIMMO B10 amp AAL00 _ NI NEG G H MABID NOGNOGN 3ND MAB 4 DGM DGM o NOE EE B B38A AK GNEC NEG TITI TH MINT TAI G MABLB MAB 50 al 3 fal m esch m mim EE OOO0O CC BEER vi Koy mu ins jol foto lalo E EIE ORD MUSSO al DODDIO ko lr lols afoul mimm em orm Seege daa lo fo lor Las out ipm mr Fe 900001 MUSHO ORO E 0000 mommu ND NOG 6 3ND GNOG NEG a
103. IN SWITCH BRACKET ASSEMBLY SWITCH OUTLET BRACKET FINISHER PS ASSEMBLY M4 100V 120V PS ASSEMBLY M4 220V o CO NI oy BR sch SER532FC Figure 7 55 Power Inlet and LVPS Rev A 265 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 32 HVPS and MCU PWB Table 7 53 Parts Name for HVPS and MCU PWB No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 AC DRIVER PWB 120V AC DRIVER PWB 220V 2 3 m 4 HVPS 5 MCU ASSEMBLY 6 MCU PWB 7 BRACKET MCU 8 COVR MCU 9 10 LEFT COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH 11 INTERLOCK SWITCH BRACKET 12 INTERLOCK SWITCH LEVER 13 SUPPORT HARNESS 14 HARNESS CHANNEL 15 n 16 17 HARNESS CLAMP 2 18 PWB SUPPORT 19 HARNESS CLAMP 4 20 BRACKET AC DRIVE 21 zs 22 HCF CONNECTOR 23 DUPLEX UNIT CONNECTOR 24 MAIL BOX CONNECTOR 25 OPTION CONNECTOR BRACKET 26 HARNESS ASEEMBLY EXIT 27 TRANSFORMER 220V Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix PL11 1 6 d C Fs231 o PL11 4 20 207 S lt PL11 4 12 7 P12 257 4613 i lies s K i E PL11 4 24 Snes d SER533XG Figure 7 56 HVPS and MCU PWB 266 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 33 Controller Assembly Y 1 with 2 8 12 14 16 19 400 Table 7 54 Parts Name for Controller Assembly PL11 4 12 ah z E No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 CONTROLLER
104. Installation EE 172 ROS Assembly ttt tetitas 173 Removals iioi EE 173 JE UE el WEE 173 EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge oooonccconnncccnncccnnnocnnonocccnnrncnnnancnonnos 174 Ke EE 174 Installato N aida 174 BTR Assembly Transfer roller unt 176 Removal E 176 laf UE eu WEE 176 Toner Sensor ranas 177 Removal EE 177 IrnstallatiOn ninia 177 CRU Interlock Switch sucia iaa iaa ica ctc iced 178 Removal id sicot an dador 178 Installation codi n oed se tmn 178 F ser Assembly Gee e Re p eese 179 Ke NEE 179 Installation oS A A n 179 Fuser Drive AsSeMDlY nen 180 Removal iia 180 Installation ld ida 181 Offset Exit ASSOMDIy narran 182 Removal EE 182 Installation uses ace Er tm ds 182 Exit Drive Assembly ipe RH Ete ite etes 183 Removal iste vate cna fri esiti c iii 183 Iristallationtz uite iti p re eet t etn o tee aba 183 Exit Gate Solenoid eeeeeeeeeennnn 184 Removal EE 184 Installation EE 184 Offset MOOT ib dia eo ee ee er tel Ee HA D ERAT 185 Removal tent e asi tt c b ce re a Hte a est 185 EC UE e EE 185 Face Up Exit Sensor sssssssssseeeeeeneeeennes 186 Removal iste eren ein Dee tees lv d to n 186 Installation EE 186 Offset Roller Assembly sss 187 Removal srt boris oia 187 Iristallatiori nia ta a 187 Lower Chute Assembly sss 188 Removal EE 188 Installation EE 188 Upper Chute Assembly sss 189 Removal cun
105. J473 Duplex PWB P J404 MCU PWB A B 612 page 219 P J800 Mailbox PWB P J405 MCU PWB A B P J830 Finisher PWB 607 page 219 P J143 Take Away Roll P J408 MCU PWB Sensor P J144 Tray 2 Left Cover Interlock Switch 613 page 219 P J406 MCU PWB P J480 Finisher PWB A D P J481 Finisher PWB 215 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 7 P J Location Table Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to P J106 P J407 P J430 F51 5 page 220 Main Power Switch P J19 Noise Filter PWB 4 P J20 AC Drive PWB P J1 LVPS PWB F55 page 220 Noise Filter PWB AC Power Cord Hot F56 page 220 Noise Filter PWB AC Power Cord Neutral F page 218 Main Interlock Switch P J458 MCU PWB 5230 page 219 F page 218 Main Interlock Switch P J458 MCU PWB 5231 page 219 BTR page 219 Bias Transfer Roll HVPS CB page 219 Charge Roll HVPS DTS page 219 Detack Saw HVPS DB page 219 Magnet Roll HVPS T4 page 220 Frame Ground P J1 LVPS PWB P J207 J13 P499 SER200F Figure 7 2 P J Location Map1 Rev A 216 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 P J1 SER201XA SER203FA P J502 Figure 7 4 P J Location Map3 3 P J Location Map2 Figure 7 217 Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 P J219 SER205FA LO S LAT 2 SS REAT OS c SA 8 7 prar bel 2 8 o S 3 gt D NR
106. L Monitors the Fuser Fan Low Operation correct High Operation incorrect INTLK SW1 Monitors Left Cover interlock switch High Cover open Low Cover closed Rev A 226 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 15 Signal Name Signal Name Description IECH SECH a SNR SIZEM Analog signal from the MSI Size Sensor Voltage levels 5 EY SY 3 OVDC 5VDC 2 2 Bum T 5 SNR SIZE Analog signal from the Envelope Size Sensor Voltage z7 seso ve E Ek 0VDC 5VDC i Gen SE SNR NOPM E a paper in s MSI High No paper 11 B MSHDET TE n present Low Paper presen 12 12 ms 51 24VRTN vo P SNR NOP Monitors level of paper in the Envelope Feeder a i 5 waer au pp AMA w s CL FEEDM Controls MSI paper feed High No feed Low Feed P J101 y Seen VEL E TRO CL FEED Controls Envelope feed High No feed Low Feed 5V GRY SENSOR BE MSI DET Monitors presence of MSI High MSI not present Low MSI present eT ENV DET Monitors presence of Envelope Feeder High Envelope an bs Feed not present Low Envelope Feeder present GRY A GRY SR SH EMOT ON Switches Envelope Feed Motor High Off Low On A2 1 3 AS vof ER Beef SNR FEED Monitors paper between Envelope Feeder and base A4 E lt BP A Z IT So SOR engine High Paper present LowzNo paper P J208 2mm qm LN MOTSLIFT1 TTL Switches Tray 1 Lift Up Motor High On Low Off Ae ZEISS le SNR TAROL1 Monitors paper between Tray 2 and Tray 1 High Paper Wel MSI present Low No paper NA E P J130 ss
107. L N4000 4 2 61 Inverter Clutches See Appendix Exit Drive Assembly on page 262 4 2 61 1 Removal 1 Remove the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 183 Remove the four screws securing the Drive Support to the Inverter Bracket and lift the Support off of the Bracket Disconnect P J 218 and P J 219 and free the wire harness from the harness clips Slide the CCW Gear off of the CCW Clutch Slide the CW Gear off of the CW Clutch Lift the CCW Clutch off of the bearing and remove the Clutch Lift the CW Clutch off of the bearing and remove the Clutch 4 2 61 2 Installation 1 2 Reinstall the two bearings into the cutouts in the Inverter Bracket Position the CW Clutch so the gear faces away from the Bracket and insert the shaft at the rear of the Clutch into the bearing Make sure the notch in the Clutch hooks onto the tab on the Bracket Refer to the figure for correct positioning Position the CCW Clutch so the gear faces away from the Bracket and insert the shaft at the rear of the Clutch into the bearing Make sure the notch in the Clutch hooks onto the tab on the Bracket Refer to the figure for correct positioning Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the CW Gear onto the CW Clutch shaft Reinstall the CCW Gear on to the CCW Clutch shaft Route the wire harness under the harness clips and reconnect P J 218 and P J 219 Carefully reinstall the Drive Sup
108. MCU stops Offset Motor and eject the paper leaving the Offset Bracket in that position 2 1 2 2 Main Motor and Main Drive Assembly The MCU PWB switches the Main Motor on and off The rotation of the Main Motor creates mechanical drive The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to Feed Clutch 1 Feed Clutch 2 and the MSI Feed Clutch At paper feed the MCU PWB actuates a Feed Clutch which in turn transmits drive to the appropriate Feed Rolls The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Registration Clutch At a specific point in each print cycle the MCU PWB actuates the Registration Clutch which in turn transmits drive to the Registration Roll Rev A The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Fuser Drive Gear When the Left Upper Cover is closed the DTS Link Rod pushes the Fuser Drive Assembly into contact with the Fuser Drive Gear which transmits drive to the Fuser Rolls The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Drum When the Main Motor is on the Drum rotates When the Left Upper Cover is closed the BTR gear contacts the Drum gear which in turn rotates the BTR The Main Drive Assembly gears transmit the motor drive to the Exit Drive which transmits drive to the two Inverter Clutches At a specific point in each print cycle the MCU PWB actuates either the CW Clutch or the CCW Clutch which drive the Exit Roll and the Offset Roll 36 EPSON EPL N400
109. MCU to feed paper EBEN TOP Video data synch signal from MCU to ESS DARGE FAN id DSEL Command to select the No Paper signal BD Video data synch signal from MCU to ESS Figure 7 12 C262 Main Controller M ESS PWB MCU PWB VOUT Video data signal from the ESS Low Black High White Rev A 223 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 11 Signal Name zum Si Signal Name Description sos 1 lt OS on dato CRU DET Monitors CRU presence High CRU installed SENSOR 3 5VRTN VIO las Low CRU not installed P J 240 P J207 DA DATA Data used to set laser 24V ORN d E 2 si 24VRTN vio fey LD ENB Enables laser MCU to the LD Drive High No a RMOTSON BLU y i S 5VRTN VIO pS enabled Low Enabled Lu E m 4 RMOT SP1 BLU Ad T p E lt RMOTSSP2 BLU Se o APC CNT Monitors APC count 7 gt RMOT RDY BLU Ai 2 RMOT ON Controls Scanner Motor High Off Low On PLMOT PL234 SW2 SWA ene z RMOT SP1 Controls Scanner Motor speed SP3 1 010 Standby 1 mop P ao SRY lt tejer B SP3 1 110 480dpi SP3 1 011 600dpi 3 gt B2 E 2 DASDATA E B3 5 RMOT SP2 Controls Scanner Motor speed SP3 1 010 Standby 2 3 SEH vo Eis SP3 1 110 480dpi SP3
110. MM2 037 S e Er 7 IC3 Lr vate MC B L 4 CM3411 b Li STON gt MCLK41 3 A SS m e FL8 NFM6 1 a 00T101 D s AS 2 P P NEMB B cx to SDHAM DIMM2 e o e o o D D oe e o eo o o SO rw OO k gt P450 1 1 2K R451 io WAR 10401 AM SCON 10019C AM 2 1 AMISIT bi G Se A lA M 31 0 m d E AMTS n AMI A MLB AMIS L AMI10 In AMT 11 i AML 12 IN LAE A10 AML13 hit A12 A13 A14 A1 ALE A1 A3 h52 as ARO Cnr 15 wRex SCON t 25 44 2 im 74M SM VCC Boh 21m enn B 14 GND gt 1 33 ite 13 15 2 R482 d NIRQ lt SCON ink RXD u zz Ax EFE iD 7 AGND TGND RG te from GND NTWKX SCON gh engal 26 AGND i
111. Nibble ECP Off Buffer Size Normal Maximum Minimum Ethernet Buffer Size Normal Maximum Minimum Menu IP Byte 1 Oto 255 IP Byte 2 Oto 255 IP Byte 3 Oto 255 IP Byte 4 Oto 255 SM Byte 1 Oto 255 SM Byte 2 Oto 255 SM Byte 3 Oto 255 SM Byte 4 Oto 255 GW Byte1 192 0 to 255 GW Byte2 Oto 255 GW Byte3 Oto 255 GW Byte4 192 0 to 255 AUXMenu Buffer Size Normal Maximum Minimum ESC Page Auto CR e On Off Menu Auto FF On Off CR Function CR CR LF LF Function LF CR LF FF Function FF CR FF Error Code S Ignore Space Image Correct 5 e 12 Page Scale 56 e 100 80 70 Avoid Error 58 Off On Form Overlay Si Off On Form Number Si e 1to 152 Table 1 28 Printer Setting Pole O Rev A ESCPC Font Ascii Courier Roman Sans ser Prestige Script Orator S OCH A OCH B Font Hanji Sung Hei Yuang Kai Li Hanji Mode On Off Hanji Code NS TCA BIG5 IBM5550 Pitch 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi Prop Condensed Off On T Margin 0 45 0 40 to 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch Text 66 1 to 135 lines Margin Max Default PaperSize CGTable PCUSA Italic PcMultilin PcPortugue PcCanFrenc PcNordic Pc Turkish2 Country PCE Europe BoBRASCII BpAbicomp USA France Germany UK Denmark Sweden Italy Spain1 Japan Norway Denmark2 Spain2 LatinAmeric Korea Legal Auto CR On Off Auto LF Off On
112. ON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1 2 How to use P J location Table and Map Use the table and maps in this section to locate specific P J connectors within the printer To find the location of a P J 1 Locate the P J connector number in the first column of the table 2 Find the page number for the corresponding map in the second column 3 Goto that page and find the connector Table 7 1 P J Location Table Table 7 2 P J Location Table Location Other end P J Map Connected to connected to 1 page 217 LVPS 110VAC Main Switch F52 F53 page 220 12 page 218 Fuser Heat Rods amp STS J23 AC Drive PWB amp J600 13 page 216 Finisher AC voltage CE11 amp CE12 110VAC connector line 19 page 220 Output Noise Filter F51 F53 PWB 20 page 220 AC Drive PWB AC Hot and AC N 23 page 220 AC Drive PWB P J12 Fuser Heat Rods amp STS 100 page 217 Registration Sensor P J459 MCU PWB 101 page 217 Take Away Roll 1 Sensor P J403 MCU PWB 102 page 217 Tray 1 No Paper Sensor P J459 MCU PWB Rev A Location Other end P J Map Connected to connected to 103 page 217 Tray 1 Level Sensor P J459 MCU PWB 104 page 218 Fuser Exit Sensor P J462 MCU PWB 105 page 218 Tray 1 Paper Size P J461 MCU PWB Sensor 106 page 216 SOS Sensor P J456 MCU PWB 107 page 217 MSI Size Sensor P J403 MCU PWB 108 page 217 MSI No Paper Sensor P J403 MCU
113. P 13 14 15 ROLLER ASSEMBLY T A 16 17 BEARING 18 CHUTE F O 1TM E 19 CHUTE FEED IN 20 GEAR 22 20 C H N 21 22 SPRING 23 BRACKET 98 KIT RETARD TAKEAWAY TRAY2 with 1 and 10 11 15 17 and 18 99 KIT TAKE AWAY GEAR TRAY 2 with 2 10 and 20 Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix v1 with 2 8 v98 1 10 23 v 99 2 10 20 Figure 7 34 Retard and Take Away Tray2 SER511XE 245 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 12 Feed Drive Transmission Table 7 33 Parts Name for Feed Drive Transmission No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 GEAR 16T GEAR 30T SHAFT C L T A SUPPORT C L T A GEAR 31T GEAR 33T CO NI OO A j N GEAR 16 22 LINK ASSEMBLY SPRING TORSION BEARING HARNESS CLAMP KIT FEED DRIVE REPAIR with 1 2 and 6 11 Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix SER512XE v 99 1 2 6 11 Figure 7 35 Feed Drive Transmission 246 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 13 Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support Table 7 34 Parts Name for Multi Sheet Inserter and MSl Duplex No in the Figure 4 Support Unit Parts Name SUPPORT FRONT COVER 2 SUPPORT REAR COVER 3 MSI DUPLEX CUPPORT ASSEMBLY 4 HARNESS ASSEMBLY DRAWER 5 SPRING DAMPER F 6 SPRING DAMPER R 7 MULTI SHEET INSERTER ASSEMBLY 8 MSI TOP COVER 9 M
114. P Cartridge CRU solved Is the image density normal Rev A 93 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 29 Light Prints Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Goto Suspect Fuser Components 1 Generate another Grid Test Print and switch OFF printer power when the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is the image normal before it enters the Fuser but light when it exits the Fuser Assembly Rev A 94 EPSON EPL N4000 3 4 2 Blank White LIProblem The entire print is blank LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears MCU PWB CRU Connector and Contact Springs SCO002F Table 3 30 Blank White Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 CONTROLLER OR HOST SOFT Troublesho Go to step 2 WARE ISOLATION ot or Generate a Grid Test Print replace the ESS PWB or reload the Host Is the test print image normal Driver Software 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge solved Is there a normal image o
115. PSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 5 Release the top handle and allow it to fold out of the way then slide the EP Cartridge the rest of the way into the printer 6 Push firmly on the end of EP Cartridge to make sure it is correctly seated in the printer 7 Hold the edges of the EP Cartridge and pull out to make sure the EP Cartridge is latched in place Do not hold the handle when pulling out You will release the EP Cartridge latch 8 Close the Front Left Cover 9 Close the Left Upper Cover 10 Close the Duplex Unit Rev A 175 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 46 BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 256 4 2 46 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Face the left side of the printer 3 Hole the rear BTR lever in your left hand and the front BTR lever in you right hand 4 Rotate both levers away from you to unlock the BTR 5 With both levers back lift the BTR out of the Cover Assembly Do not touch the sponge roll surface of the BTR Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality 4 2 46 2 Installation 1 Open the Left Upper Cover Assembly 2 Face the left side of the printer 3 Hold the BTR by the end levers Do not touch the sponge roll surface of the BTR Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR Will effect print quality B If BTR Assembly is exchanged be sure to reset the
116. PageC Font Sample LJ5 Font Sample ESCP2 Font Sample FX Font Sample 1239X Front Sample PS Status Sheet PS Font Sample PS Fact Sheet Ext Printer Info 22 Emulation Parallel ESC Page 6 ESCPC PageC Menu LJ5 ESCP2 FX 1239X PS GL2 Auto Elena ESC Page 6 ESCPC PageC LJ5 1239X PS GL2 AUTO AUX ESC Page 6 ESCPC PageC LJ5 ESCP2 FX 1239X PS GL2 Auto Printing Paper Source Auto MP ENV LC1 LC2 Menu LC3 LC4 2 LC5 Page Size A4 6 A3 A5 B4 LT7 B HLT LGL GLT GLG EXE F4 MON C10 DL C5 IB5 CTM 8VO 16MO Wide A4 Of ON Port Land Orientation 19 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Table 1 25 Printer Setting Printing Copies 1 999 Menu Quantity 95 e 1 999 Manual Feed Off On OutBin Face Down Face up Stacker Mailbox 1 53 Mailbox2 53 Mailbox3 9 to 10 93 Resolution 600 300 Duplex Off On Binding Long Edge Short Edge Start Page Front Back Shift lt S ON Finish 50 None Staple Staple position Si Left Right Tray Size MP Tray Size e A46 A3 A5 B4 LT B HLT LGL Menu GLT GLG EXE F4 MON C10 DL C5 C6 IB5 8VO 16MO e ENV Tray size 4 C5 DL C10 C6 MON lt LC1 Sizet A4 A3 AB BA LT HLT LGL GLG B EXE LC2 Size A4 A3 BA LT B LGL GLG EXE LC3 Size A4 A3 BA LT B LGL GLG EXE LC4 Size A4 LT EXE LC5 Size A4 LT EXE lt
117. Registration Feed Nudger Roller Registration Roller Feed Nudger Roller Retard Roller SSH673F Figure 2 34 Fusing and Paper Eject Rev A O Paper Feed from Tray2 Registration Feed Nudger Roller Roller Registration Sensor Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR Registration i i Roller Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller Feed Nudger Roller MSI Nudger Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller SSH674F Figure 2 35 Paper Feeding from Tray 2 57 EPSON EPL N4000 2 6 Operating Principles for Power Supply Circuit 2 6 1 Power Supply Circuit The power supplies in this printer provide the voltages that the printer requires to operate The various printer functions require 110VAC 5VDC 24VDC and several high voltage DC and AC values that are used by xerographics The printer AC power cord plugs into a grounded AC wall outlet The cord carries AC line voltage to the Noise Filter PWB The Noise Filter smooths the AC voltage and sends it to the Main Power Switch Switching on the Main Power Switch applies AC voltage to the AC Driver PWB and to the Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS PWB The AC Driver PWB is the interface between printer control MCU and the Fuser Fuser sensor
118. Rev A 103 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 9 Spots Table 3 47 Spots Step Actions and Questions Yes No OProblem Ge 2 INTERIOR INSPECTION AND Problem Gotostep3 There are spots of toner randomly CLEANING solved scattered across the page 1 With the EP Cartridge removed USUSPECT COMPONENTS inspect the interior of the printer for toner contamination The following components are 2 Vacuum or wipe all interior surfaces associated with this specific problem including Feed Polls One or more of these components 3 Generate 30 Blank Test Prints to may have failed partially or clean out the printer completely If you cannot isolate the 4 Examine the last print out problem using this FIP replace each Are the spots gone component listed below one at a 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 4 time until the problem disappears 1 Remove the Rear Cover pue p 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and ice Norecommendations switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle Table 3 46 Spots 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the 1 EP CARTRIDGE INSPECTION Replace the Go to step 2 Drum far enough so you can see the EP developed image area on the Drum ee Cartridge before it reached Transfer 2 Inspect the outside of the Cartridge Is the paper clean before
119. S Box and through the grommet at the rear of the Box SER349F 4 Use the wire clamps to secure the wire harness to the Box There are two clamps along the outside back of the ESS Box and two clamps on the interior of the ESS Box Figure 4 89 Removal of ESS Box 5 Reconnect CN14 CN19 CN20 and CN21 of the controller board 6 Reinstall the ESS Cover Rev A 205 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 5 Adjustment No adjustment is necessary for this printer Rev A 207 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter6 Maintenance 6 1 Maintenance This section explains about maintenance of the printer Lubrication and adhesion points are not really regulated for this printer However there are some exchange units by the users are regulated 6 1 1 Exchange Units and Parts by User Any units or parts that user can change are listed below Refer to the figure on your right Table 6 1 Exchange Units and Parts Reference No in the Life Page volume one figure Name side printing 1 EP Cartridge 20000 2 Fuser 300000 3 BTR Transfer Roller 300000 4 Feed Roll Tray1 300000 5 Feed Roll Tray2 300000 6 Feed Roll Tray3 300000 7 Feed Roll Tray4 300000 8 Feed Roll Tray5 300000 B If the fuser is exchanged be sure to perform Fuser Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on page 28 m If BTR transfer roller is exchanged be sure to perform TR Counter Clear See Maintenance Mode on
120. SER ASSEMBLY BINDING Replacethe Go to step 5 CHECK Fuser 1 Remove the Fuser Assembly Assembly 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the With a new Main Motor one Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 5 EXIT DRIVE ASSEMBLY BINDING Replacethe Go to step 6 CHECK Exit Drive 1 Lift the Exit Drive Assembly spring Assembly loaded drive gear off of the Main Drive Assembly drive gear 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 6 TRAY 2 DRIVE BINDING CHECK Replace Go to step 1 Liftthe Tray 2 spring loaded drive Tray 2 7 gear off of the Main Drive Assembly Drive drive gear Assembly 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding Step Actions and Questions Yes No 7 REGISTRATION CLUTCH BIND Replace the Go to step 8 ING CHECK Registration 1 Remove the Registration Clutch Clutch with 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the 4 new one Main Motor Can you rotate the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 8 FEED CLUTCH BINDING CHECK Replacethe Replace the 1 Remove the Feed Clutch FeedClutch Main Drive 2 Hand rotate counter clockwise the with a new Assembly Main Motor one Can you rotat
121. SERVICE MANUAL ColoR IMAGING EPSON O Notice All rights reserved No part of this manual may be reproduced stored in a retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic mechanical photocopying or otherwise without the prior written permission of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However should any errors be detected SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them The contents of this manual are subject to change without notice All effort have been made to ensure the accuracy of the contents of this manual However should any errors be detected SEIKO EPSON would greatly appreciate being informed of them The above not withstanding SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION can assume no responsibility for any errors in this manual or the consequences thereof EPSON is a registered trademark of SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION General Notice Other product names used herein are for identification purpose only and may be trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective owners EPSON disclaims any and all rights in those marks Copyright O 1998 SEIKO EPSON CORPORATION Printed in Japan PRECAUTIONS Precautionary notations throughout the text are categorized relative to 1 Personal injury and 2 damage to equipment DANGER Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in serious or fatal personal injury Great ca
122. SHIELD yo un ES SEP NX v8 with 9 10 13 SER517FB Figure 7 40 Tray1 Frame and Left Cover Rev A 251 EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 18 Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover Table 7 39 Parts Name for Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name LEFT LOWER COVER ASSEMBLY with 2 3 9 11 14 and 23 2 LEFT LOWER COVER 3 PINCHI ROLL ASSEMBLY with 4 8 and 21 4 PINCH ROLL END BEARING 5 PINCH ROLL CENTER BEARING 6 PINCH ROLLER 7 PINCH ROLL SPRING 8 PINCH ROLL BRACKET 9 LEFT LOWER COVER HANDLE ASSEMBLY 10 FONT FRAME 11 REAR FRAME 12 FRONT HINGE 13 REAR HINGE 14 FEED OUT CHUTE 15 LEFT LOWER COVER INTERLOCK SWITCH 16 TRAY 2 WELL TIE PLATE 17 SPRING EME 18 CAP 19 TAKE AWAY SENSOR 20 SUPPORT REAR 21 WASHER 22 INTERLOCK SENSOR HARNESS 23 TAKE AWAY SENSOR SHIELD Rev A Chapter 7 Appendix v1 with 2 3 9 10 11 14 23 v3 with 4 8 21 Figure 7 41 Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover SER518FC 252 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 19 Registration Y 4 with 5 6 Table 7 40 Parts Name for Registration No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 CLUTCH ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION BEARING ROLLER ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION CHUTE ASSEMBLY REGISTRATION CHUTE REGISTRATION ELIMINATOR SENSOR RESISTOR ASSEMBLY FRAME L H OO CO NI aj A j N
123. SI Nudger Roll MSI Nudger Roll on page 155 3 Turn the MSI Feeder upside down 4 Remove the KL clip securing the MSI Pad Pin to the Feeder and slide the Pin out of the MSI Pad 5 Turn the MSI Feeder right side up 6 Pull back the MSI Paper Guide and slide the MSI Pad to the right and out of the Feeder 4 2 30 2 Installation 1 Pull back the MSI Paper Guide and slide the MSI Pad between the Guide and the Pad Spring 2 Turn the MSI Feeder upside down 3 Slide the MSI Pad Pin into the hole in the Feeder through the holes in the three legs of the MSI Pad and out through the other hole in the Feeder 4 Use a KL clip to secure the MSI Pad Pin to the Feeder 5 Press down on the MSI Pad to make sure it moves smoothly and has a spring action return SSH311F 6 Reinstall the MSI Nudger Roll MSI Nudger Roll on page 155 Figure 4 44 Removal of MSI Pad Rev A 157 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 31 MSI Friction Clutch See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 4 2 31 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 2 Remove the E ring securing the Clutch to the shaft 3 Rotate the Clutch clockwise as you pull the it off of the shaft 4 2 31 2 Installation 1 Make sure the Spacer is in place on the Clutch shaft 2 Rotate the Spacer so the tabs on the Spacer mesh with the notches s E SSH474F on the Clutch Gear F
124. ST STRAPS WHEN ACCESSING INTERNAL COMPONENTS 5 REPLACE MALFUNCTIONING COMPONENTS ONLY WITH THOSE COMPONENTS BY THE MANUFACTURE INTRODUCTION OF SECOND SOURCE ICs OR OTHER NONAPPROVED COMPONENTS MAY DAMAGE THE PRODUCT AND VOID ANY APPLICABLE EPSON WARRANTY Contents This manual consists of six chapters and Appendix CHAPTER 1 CHAPTER 2 CHAPTER 3 CHAPTER 4 CHAPTER 5 CHAPTER 6 APPENDIX About This Manual This manual describes basic functions theory of electrical and mechanical operations maintenance and repair procedures of EPL N4000 The instructions and procedures included herein are intended for the experienced repair technicians and attention should be given to the precautions on the preceding page Symbols Used in This Manual Various symbols are used throughout this manual either to provide PRODUCT DESCRIPTIONS additional information on a specific topic or to warn of possible danger Provides a general overview and specifications of the present during a procedure or an action Be aware of all symbols when product they are used and always read WARNING CAUTION or NOTE OPERATING PRINCIPLES messages Describes the theory of electrical and mechanical operations of the product WARNING TROUBLESHOOTING f Provides the step by step procedures for the troubleshooting DISASSEMBLY AND ASSEMBLY Describes the step by step procedures for disassembling and assembling the product ADJUSTMENTS Provides Eps
125. See Paper Pick Up Tray 1 on page 241 Take care not to break or dislodge the No Paper Actuator when removing or replacing the Tray1 Feeder Assembly 4 2 11 1 Removal 1 Tray 1 from the printer 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Remove the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 137 SSH465F 4 Remove Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 127 Refer to the figure Figure 4 19 Removal of Tray1 Feed Clutch 5 Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Gear located behind the Feed Clutch to the shaft and remove the Feed Gear and Bearing 6 Hold down the Stopper Link while you pull the Feeder Assembly to the front of the printer frame 7 Remove the Feeder Assembly from Feeder 1 Rev A 132 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 11 2 Installation 1 Hold down the Stopper Link while you insert the end of the Feed Shaft into the opening in the rear of the printer frame 2 Slide the Bearing into the Bearing cutout refer to the figure 3 When both the Bearing is in place and the end of the Feed Shaft is through the opening in the rear of the frame release the Stopper Link 4 The Nudger Shaft should rest on top of the Stopper Link and the Link should secure the Feeder Assembly in place on the frame 5 Make sure the Paper Level Actuator tab
126. Seil Type DO CONSOLE PIJ LIFTUP 3 ACHOT E D 203 MOTOR g 5 g jz ES 5 x PIJ TAROLL H3 I 101 SENSOR 5 9 8 Y E 8 3 Ta 3 3 l a a Kb Dyuplex Unit FINISHER 2 i PO e INTERLOCK AC WE CONN J 72 S 15 SWITCH ES gt PII DEXIT 7 8 E 3 i 124 SENSOR en Ext PII a rg A e I u z FEE 123 SENSOR F56 rss F54 2 2 2 ES E 3 z g amp az E s amp DWAIT SIE 8 SEET i SIS CL GATE 8 a lt 3 o 3 a a SOLENOID lt E a TA ROLL3 d PIJ T ES E x SENSOR 121 2 3 DEXIT NS PI E 3 T INTERLOCK E 3 SWITCH 114 ES i A 7 e 8 DOM DRIVE 2 MOTOR FEED3 Pi CLUTCH 2 LS 2 LIFTUP 3 PI amp E MOTOR 212 E 8 Ej LIFTUP 4 PIJ 3 S a 5 g a MOTOR 214 z amp 8 3 312 3 a 8 c 8 Es 3 FEED4 2 S CLUTCH 213 ES A 8 NOP3 PU x S Pcia Er E E A FINISHER LVL 3 PU u 3 SENSOR 112 e NOP 1TN P 3 5 SENSOR d 140 m a E SIZE 3 d EU E 3 amp SENSOR no g w LVL 1TN SI ES 3 Z SENSOR 141 SIZE4 g SENSOR 115 SIZE 1TN PI SENSOR 142 NOP 4 d PU SENSOR ud z TA ROLL2 Di E E Li SENSOR 143 8 3 LVL4 d d 2 E 1 1TN LIH 3 118 7 SENSOR INTERLOCK GD Ke SS SWITCH 144 FEED 8 MOTOR FEED vm I CLUTCH SIZES PU SENSOR 120 LIFTUP 2 PU NOP 5 PU i MOTOR 241 SENSOR 116 LVL 5 PII sensor Il 5 N CLUTCH 215 D i Ko LIFTUP 5 PH MOTOR 216 TAROLL4 Pil 3 SENSOR 128 2 EPSON EPL N4000 Figure 7 1 Major Component Connecting Diagram Rev A EPS
127. Test Print and wit IS Specitic pro Vna or ore o switch OFF printer power halfway these components may have failed through the print cycle partially or completely If you cannot 3 Open the Left Upper Cover isolate the problem using this FIP replace 4 Open the Drum Shutter each component listed below one at a 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the time until the problem disappears Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the No recommendations developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Table 3 35 Vertical Band Deletions Before Transfer was the toner image on the drum normal and without vertical band deletions Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 FUSER INSPECTION Replace the Go to 1 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove the 1 Generate another Solid Black Test Fuser Suspect 1 Remove the EP Cartridge paper scrap Print and switch OFF printer power Assembly components or clean the when the print is halfway through the 2 Inspect the ROS Window for a scrap ROS window of paper or other contamination that i may have lodged in front of it and Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover could be blocking part of the laser 3 Examine the paper areas before the beam from reach the Drum image enters the Fuser and after the Is the ROS Window free of paper or image exits the Fuser other contamination Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there 2 PAP
128. Transfer 3 Open the Shutter and inspect the but there are spots on the paper Drum after Transfer Is the EP Cartridge dirty and is it leaking toner Rev A 104 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 48 Spots Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Clean or 1 Generate another Blank Test Print Fuser replace the and switch OFF printer power when Assembly Offset Exit Assembly the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is paper clean before it enters the Fuser but there are spots on the paper when it exits the Fuser Rev A 105 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 10 Residual Image or Ghosting Step Table 3 50 Residual Image or Ghosting OProblem S Af d S There are faint ghost images Ep ctions and Questions ER 9 appearing randomly on the page 2 Generate a print run of 30 pages of Goto step 3 Problem The images may be either from a varying images solved Avoid previous page or from the page printing currently being printed M y gp copies of the LISUSPECT COMPONENTS SSES The following components are Do residual images still appear associated with this specific problem 3 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 4 One or more of
129. ULTI SHEET TRAY SUPPORT 10 MULTI SHEET INSERTER HINGE STUD 11 MULTI SHEET TRAY SPRING 12 MSI HARNESS CLAMP Rev A Figure 7 36 Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support PL11 4 15 RS SS Sa NTE TM S MSS NEN SER513FC 247 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 14 MSI Feeder Assembly Table 7 35 Parts Name for MSI Feeder Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 MSI FEEDER ASSEMBLY with 2 17 PL4 3 v1 with 2 17 PL 4 3 2 MSI LINK GEAR 3 MSI DRIVE GEAR ASSEMBLY 4 MSI DRIVE LINK SPRING 5 MSI TIE PLATE 6 MSI PAD 7 MSI PAD PIN 8 MSI PAD SHAFT 9 MSI PAD SPRING 10 MSI PAPER GUIDE 11 MSI BRACKET 12 MSI HOOK BRACKET FRONT 13 MSI HOOK BRACKET REAR 14 LATCH FRONT 15 MULTI SHEET INSERTER HOOK SPRING 16 MSI LOWER CHUTE 17 LATCH REAR SER514FB Figure 7 37 MSI Feeder Assembly Rev A 248 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 15 Upper Feeder Assembly Table 7 36 Parts Name for Upper Feeder Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 UPPER FEEDER ASSEMBLY with 2 26 2 MSI FEED CLUTCH 3 MSI FEED BEARING REAR 1 4 MSI FEED SHAFT 5 MSI FEED GEAR 6 MSI FEED BEARING REAR 2 7 MSI FEED SPRING 8 MSI FEED BEARING FRONT 9 MSI FEED ROLLER 10 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR 11 MSI NO PAPER SENSOR BRACKET 12 MSI STOPP
130. W Error Error Write Error ROM P Error A Cover open ERO Reset to Save Status DM Cover Open Error Writing ROM P Status B Cover open Error needs panel setting Warning a ges Se Collate was disabled Warning E Coveropan Error Image Optimum Warning ANT Enor Check Paper Type Warning G Cover open Error Staple Limit Warning HESSE Error Stapler Align Warning Set MP Tray Error Outbin Select Error Warning Set ENV Tray Ena Need Memory Warning SS Format Feed Indication during the Status Finisher is removed Error test printing Manual Feed ssss ttt Error Warming Up Status Invalid Size LC1 Error Toner Low Warning Invalid Size LC2 Error Office Status Invalid Size LC3 Error Standby Status Invalid Size LC4 Error Ready Status Invalid Size LC5 Error Turn Paper LC1 Error Note 1 In case the paper jam occurs at several locations indications Turn Papger LC2 Error appears at priority order A B C DM D MP ENV LC1 LC5 E F Turn Papger LC3 Sio G H Maximum 4 locations are indicated Can t print Duplex Error Paper Out ssss ttt Error Note 2 If the toner cartridge is not installed A Cover Open also Toner Oui Error appears simultanenously Therefire if several errors are detected Paper Set ssss ttt Error Insert Imaging Crtg and A Cover Open appears regardless of the Print Oversun Error Cover A condition Mem Overflow Error Rev A 77 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 1 Printer Message O Jam XXXX Error W Ex
131. al a al al tu o a aagasgosoosgasgqasgoscsoaagasasooogaagagasdso lt a aa a a lt lt 4 4 lt lt lt nen lt lt lt lt 4 lt lt lt be Fk lise Ba dd A Sas of SIRSIES IRPIDI ale E gri EE E izi 6 5 o a G 8 xx o Ww E i D 1 a a A 1AMDEX JAMDIR MCLK30 MCLK31 MCLKEO CLK61 LK40 K41 K70 SCON SCON MAL 13 01 vm eee EE svsanies mme 4 1 4 MAB A MAA OI MACIO Macia Macia Maalal MACIA Map LZ MAALGI MACIS Maale macia MAA ial cla aM EE TH TT GNOGNO WT PT GND z GNOG Maelo MaB 121 Page MACIIA 3NDBN GM ND 3 CC 11 47 a6 MIG DGMI7 D e ES 286 CH 3MB3 MB2 MB1 DGMBO NOSNOG NOG 1 THT THT A TT TI al z z lo G maalie MAA MA g E SI B x qm omau onar a ere EE DEER RTE DONY Manto bii ln O ONUDI NUS ARA aaa A COCOOOOL Qinxmu omar Eeler S
132. all the wire harnesses into the harness clips at the rear of the LVPS Slide the LVPS into place in the printer frame Make sure you do not trap the Main Switch wires between the LVPS and the printer frame Align the LVPS so the five screw holes in the LVPS line up with the five screw holes in the printer frame Use five screws to secure the LVPS to the printer frame Reinstall the Main Power Switch Main Power Switch on page 196 Reinstall the ESS Assembly and use four screws to secure it to the top of the LVPS Reinstall the Right Cover Right Cover on page 123 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 121 4501 4502 41 SSH341F Figure 4 81 Removal of LVPS Assembly 197 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 65 AC Driver PWB 5 Reinstall the ESS Assembly and use four screws to secure it to the LVPS See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 266 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on 4 2 65 1 Removal page 122 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on 7 Reinstall the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on page 121 page 121 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Remove the four screws securing the ESS Assembly to the LVPS and tilt the Assembly back and out of the way N 4 Remove the two screws securing the Bracket and AC Drive PWB to the frame T
133. ame 7 Remove the two screws securing the two Cover Supports to the frame and remove the Cover Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Front Shaft Hinge SER324XA Figure 4 54 Removal of Left Upper Cover Assembly 167 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 39 2 Installation 1 Open the Duplex Unit When the Left Upper Cover is open the BTR is exposed Do not touch the BRT Grease and dirt on or physical damage to the BTR will effect print quality 2 Reinstall the Left Upper Cover Assembly so the hinge openings in the Cover arms line up with the hinge holes in the printer frame 3 Slide the Rear Shaft Hinge into the hinge opening in the Rear Cover arm until the latch locks the Hinge onto the shaft 4 Slide the Front Shaft Hinge into the hinge opening in the Front Cover arm until the latch locks the Hinge onto the shaft 5 Use two screws to secure the two Cover Supports to the frame 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 7 Open and close the Cover to make sure it opens and latches correctly Rev A 168 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 40 Left Chute Assembly See Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 254 4 2 40 1 Removal 1 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Remove the BTR Assembly BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit on page 176 Push down on the rear of the Chute Assembly and use t
134. an be set RITech Copies MP Tray paper size and Toner Save Mode O Select Type Mode LED green On indicates that the printer is in the select type panel setting mode SWITCHES O On line The printer goes to by pressing this button when the printer is in the on line ready status Pressing this button during the panel setting the printer escapes from the panel setting mode and immediately goes to the On line ready mode 16 EPSON EPL N4000 O Form Feed lf Data light is On in the not ready condition the O Continue printer prints the received data on the one sheet by pressing this button If the plural numbers of printing is selected the printer prints out that number In case of the data which the control code has not ended yet the printer prints out the data which has already received However if the data light is off the printer does not eject the paper Error is canceled by pressing this button while the Continue LED light is on When warning occurs warning indication is canceled by pressing this button O Select type Alt switch Ordinary condition One touch setting mode1 O Menu switch O Item switch 2 and select type mode The printer goes to the setting mode by pressing this switch The printer goes to the previous setting item by pressing this switch O Value selection switch The printer goes to the previous setting item O Enter switch by pressing this switch By pressin
135. ancnncnos 139 FREMOVAll EE 139 Installation zt ia here ee tte 139 Tray 1 amp Tray 2 Paper Size Sensors sss 140 Removal i irt eet te et 140 git HEN Le In DEE 140 Tray 2 Feed Glutch eer eebe eere in E rente 141 Removal 5c toes as rs athena ct crt obese eite ee 141 InstallatiOn tree E eerte ette del 141 Tray 2 Feeder Assembly essen 142 Removal uei enin aient ets 142 Je HUEN Le M RE 143 Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly sene 144 Hemovall 4 tut vis EELER du 144 Installation trie o Ert doit oe etes 144 Tray 2 Retard Assembly eee ee ee cece e tenes eee nn cnn nana no nana 145 Removal 2 rte in t E UR LEER 145 installation EE 145 MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder susssss 146 Re EE 146 EPSON EPL N4000 Ee UE e Lu DEE 146 MSL Tray Assembly eta rati depen ie oen 146 REMOVAL iss PC 146 installa e LEET 147 MSI Support Assembly sese 148 Removal EE 148 Iristallation iier tret tates esit 148 MSI Size Sensor Assemblv conan nananaccnono 149 Removals titre aaa 149 le UE e tica mado d Pee e terere bua eai secu dei 150 MSI Feed GIUtGll utet erre Cina re nn anter anita 151 Removals utut bu e EEN 151 EC UE e EE 153 MS Feed Roll era trai sesta s Cen tiia reae onera deene 154 Removal EE 154 Installation EE 154 MSI Nudger Roll itor tti Eee 155 Removall uic ad 155 installati N zeiten rta gn ree t dc p d 155 MSI Nudger Roll Assembl
136. aper Custom size 60 90 Face down Normal Paper Normal Paper Offset Refer to Table1 4 60 90 Paper Size and Thick Paper Mounting 90 190 Direction Face up 200 Same as Face up Mailbox 100 sheet x each Normal Paper Normal Paper 10 mail box Refer to Table1 4 60 90 Paper Size and Mounting Direction Note a Standard function for the face down Offset volume Approx 20mm EPSON EPL N4000 O Guaranteed print area B Printable area 297 mm width x 431 8 mm length W Guaranteed print area Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 4 Electrical Specification O Power Consumption printer body Table 1 7 Power Consumption Entire paper area excluding 4 0 mm from each edge of the Input Voltage paper Rated Frequency 50 60Hz 3Hz 50 60Hz 3Hz Maximum Currency Less than 9 6A Less than 5 2A Power Maximum Less than1180W Less than 1243W 4mm 4mm Consumpti Continuous TBD TBD gt k on printing Average NEC Power Saving Less than 45W Less than 45W Stand by Heater Off W High Capacity Feeder Optional Guarante d Average consumption electricity Less than 0 6 A 24V print area Less than 0 2A 5V W Mailbox Optional Average consumption electricity Less than 0 6 A 24V Maximum Less than 2 0 A 24V Average consumption electricity Less than 0 2 A 5V YY 4mm m Duplex Optional E Average consumption electricity Less than 0 5 A 24 V Less than 0 1 A 5V
137. aper in the device this becomes Paper O Paper Set ssss ttt Error Out error and this error does not appear W Explanation O Outbin Select Error Warning This error appears when the paper size in the selected paper feeding device does not match with the paper size which is about to be printed out B Explanation According to the rules of paper exit the appointed paper exit becomes invalid and paper is ejected to the other paper exit O Invalid Option Error W Explanation Finisher or HDD which can not be used for this printer is installed in the printer Rev A 80 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 2 Service Req Error 3 2 2 2 Controller Error The table below shows service req errors related to the controller 3 2 2 1 Engine Error 3 Table 3 8 Controller Errors Following table lists service req errors related to engine Error Code Table 3 7 Engine Error HH E E EIERE IN CAER U1 1 E0004 Abnormal Main Motor U13 U49 E0005 NEIE 0082 CPU Error iris exception Load Fetch SE Ge SEELEN i SE EE U6 3 U6 4 U6 5 E0008 Abnormal EEPROM related to engine 0085 CPU Error Address Error Exception Store U3 1 U3 3 U3 4 E0009 Abnormal laser 0086 CPU Error Bus error Exception Fetch m E0014 EE 0087 CPU Error Bus error Exception Load Fetch engine 0088 CPU Error SYSCALL exception U4 1
138. apers are added to the paper already set is not included Above figures are based on normal papers O Printing position reliability Table 1 10 Printing position One side printing duplex printing MP Tray Main Scan direction 2 0mm 2 4mm 2 9mm Sub scan direction 1 5mm 1 9mm 2 1mm O Skew See the figure on next page Table 1 11 Skew One side printing duplex printing MP Tray Main scan direction 2 0mm 2 4mm 2 9mm Ic di Sub scan direction 1 5mm 1 9mm 2 1mm la b Note One side printing EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Guaranteed print area e Bottom d Figure 1 3 Skew O Product Life 1500 000 sheets or 5 years in use whichever comes first O Maintenance MTTR Average less than 40 minutes EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 6 Safety Approval O Power consumption In compliance with International Energy Star program O Others O Safety Regulation W Toner No effect on human health In compliance with OSHA Table 1 12 Safety Heguisen TSCA EINECS worker safety laws and CSCL m OPC No effect on human health In compliance with OSHA 120V UL1950 2nd Edition CSA 22 2 No 950 M95 by UL cUL W Ozone In compliance with UL478 5th Edition COON dz P Pn SE W Materials In compliance with Swiss environment protection law E no CdS content O Safety Regulation Laser Radiation Table 1 13
139. apped any wire harnesses under the ROS Assembly 4 Use four screws to secure the ROS Assembly to the printer frame 5 Reconnect J106 J207 J407 and J430 to the ROS 6 Reinstall the LVPS Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly on page 197 4106 SSH325F Figure 4 59 Removal of ROS Assembly 173 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 45 EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge See Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly on page 256 4 2 45 1 Removal 1 Open the Duplex Unit 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Do not attempt to remove the EP Cartridge without first opening the LEFT Upper Cover 3 Open the Front Left Cover Cover Assembly FL 4 Pull up on the orange handle and slide the EP Cartridge half way out of the printer 5 Hold on to the top handle and slide the EP Cartridge out of the printer 6 If you are removing the EP Cartridge as part of another RRP place the EP Cartridge in a covered box or cover it with a dark cloth to protect it from exposure to light Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Figure 4 60 Removal of EP Cartridge 4 2 45 2 Installation 1 Open the Duplex Unit 2 Open the Left Upper Cover Do not attempt to install the EP Cartridge without first opening the Left Upper Cover 3 Open the Front Left Cover Assembly Cover Assembly FL 4 Hold the EP Cartridge by the top handle and carefully slide the EP Cartridge into the printer 174 E
140. ard and Take Away Tray 2 sese 245 Installation RTE 200 Feed Drive Transmission ooononnnccccnnnnocccnnnnnnnnnncnnnnnnn cnn n nana en 246 Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly sss 201 Multi Sheet Inserter and MSI Duplex Support 247 Removal eue REDI de emi be eet 201 MSI Feeder Assembly 248 Installation a ce Enea eerte 201 Upper Feeder Assembly cocoooonccccnnnoncccccnnnnnncccnnnnnnncnonnnnencnnnnnnnss 249 MCU Machine Control Unit DW 202 MSI Tray Assembly cooooccccocccnonoccconcccnononcnnnnccnono na nono nn nann cara nnnnnnn cnn 250 Rule VE 202 Tray 1 Frame and Left Cover 251 Installation ra e ERR RE RE Ee Eege 203 Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover 252 Controller Board Ere e eee rema t tet 204 Registration denen ck Atta ine tat een din n iis 253 Removal Sm dite 204 Left Upper Cover Assembly ssssssseeee 254 ESS le EE 205 Transport Chute Assembly ococccconoccccoccccconcconnonancnnc cnn nrnc naar cnn 255 Removal srana vieni t tee tege det 205 ROS Assembly 2 tse te ede siena 256 Installation ini rhet 205 Xerography and Development 257 Fuser ASsembly esit e ood e a te ba 258 Adjustment AN A e esiedulo dep anb eebe 259 Offset ROMER ss EE 260 Exit Upper Chute Assembly ssssseeeee 261 Maintenance Exit Drive Assembly deu eene tee ONE RR UR ERE 262 Main Drive ul tea 263 AAN A R 209 Fuser Drive AsSeMDlY
141. aser beam strikes the SOS Sensor at the beginning of each sweep to let the printer control circuity know that a new scan has started The SOS PWB is electrically connected to the MCU PWB 2 3 2 ROS Operation The MCU PWB supplies 5VDC to drive the Laser Diode semiconductor The semiconductor uses the 5VDC to generate a 5 milliwatt beam of invisible laser light As is characteristic of semiconductor devices the Laser Diode can switch states very rapidly A switching circuit on the Laser Diode PWB switches the Laser Diode on and off according to image data sent from the C262 main board Two lenses an angled mirror and another two lenses focus the laser beam onto the rotating Polygon Mirror The Polygon Mirror has twelve mirrored sides and rotates at approximately 15 000 RPM The Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam back through the two lenses and onto the Angled Mirror The movement of the Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam in a sweeping motion from side to side across the Angled Mirror with one complete sweep for each mirrored side The Angled Mirror reflects the laser beam onto the Drum Mirror Rev A The Drum Mirror is aligned at an angle so the mirror reflects the sweeping beam down onto the surface ofthe Drum The combination of the rapid sweeping of the laser beam across the surface of the charged Drum and the rapid switching on and off of the laser beam creates on the Drum an invisible electrical image that corresponds to th
142. at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side MP Counter This indicates how many papers are fed from MP tray after MP Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side LC n FR Change This indicates how many times Feed Roll of LC n is exchanged 1 is added when LC n Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu MP FR Change This indicates how many times the Feed Roll of MP is exchanged 1 is added when MP Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu Transfer Roller TR Counter This indicates how many paper passed through the transfer roller after TR Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is red from the engine side TR Change This indicates how many times the Transfer Roller is exchanged 1 is added when TR Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu 29 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description O Output Duplex This indicates how many papers passed through the Duplex unit after DM Counter Clear is performed at the maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side Face Down This indicates how many papers are ejected to Face Down after FD Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side Face up This indicates how many papers are ejected to Face Up after FU Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller
143. ating the Test Patterns measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG on the MCU PWB Does the 5VDC measured between J400 7 and FG remain relatively constant throughout the print run and does not deviate more than a volt during the print run Go to Step3 Replace the LVPS Assembly Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 LVPS 24VDC UNDER LOAD Go to step 4 Replace the CHECK LVPS 1 Generate 50 Grid Test Patterns Assembly 2 While the printing is generating the See Test Patterns measure the voltage Chapter 4 between J400 5 and FG on the MCU PWB Does the 24VDC measured between J400 5 and FG remain relatively constant throughout the print run and does not deviate more than a few volts during the print run 4 TEST PRINT CHECK Go to step 5 Replace the Was the printer able to generate all MEE of the Test Prints requested in steps See 2 and 3 Chapter 4 5 TEST PRINT CHECK Go to FIP Go to step 6 Does the printer stop and reset while SES gt g oise making test prints 6 HOST SOFTWARE REPLACE Gotostep 7 Problem MENT solved Reload the Host Drive Software or Host Application Software Does the printer still exhibit erratic operation Rev A 85 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 15 Erratic Operation Step Actions and Questions Yes No 7 HOST PRINTER INTERFACE Gotostep 8 Problem CABLE REPLACEMENT solved Replace the interface ca
144. ble connecting the host to the printer Is the problem still present 8 ESS PWB REPLACEMENT Go to Problem Suspect solved Pie the ESS PWB See Chapter Components Does the printer still exhibit erratic operation Rev A 3 3 3 Inoperative Control Panel The Control Panel LEDs LCD and or Keypad do not function or do not function correctly Step Table 3 16 Inoperative Control Panel Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Wiring and connectors linking the components ESS PWB Yes CONTROL PANEL TEST 1 Remove the Control Panel from the Top Cover 2 Connect the Control Panel to P 410 on the MCU PWB Go to step 2 Go to step 3 C262 MAIN REPLACEMENT Replace the C262 Main Controller Board CONTROLLER Is the problem still present Replace the MCU PWB See Chapter 4 Problem solved 86 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 4 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Table 3 17 Inoperative Control Panel The Main Drive Assembly does not function Step Actions and Questions LVPS 5VDC CHECK Measure the voltage between J400 7 and FG and between J400 8 and FG on the MCU PWB Is
145. closed Part of the same mechanical link that opens and closes the Drum Shutter when the Left Cover is closed pushes the Fuser Drive Gear against the Fuser Heat Roll intermediate gear which transmits drive to the Fuser Heat Roll Heat Roller Fuser Assembly Main Drive Assembly SER715F Figure 2 14 Fuser Drive Mechanism Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 9 Mechanical Drive for Exit Drive The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for the Offset and Exit Rolls The Main Drive Assembly transmits drive to the Inverter CW Clutch and to the Inverter CCW Clutch At a specific point in the print cycle the MCU switches on the CW Clutch The CW Clutch transmits forward drive to the Offset Roll which drives the sheet of paper into the Face Down Output Tray If the printer is running in Duplex Mode at a specific point in the forward drive the MCU switches off the CW Clutch and switches on the CCW Clutch The CCW Clutch transmits reverse drive to the Offset Roll and to the Exit Roll which drive the paper back across the top of the Fuser Assembly and into the Duplex Module Offset Roller Exit Roller y FRONT Main Drive Assembly SER723FA Figure 2 15 Exit Drive Mechanism 44 EPSON EPL N4000 2 2 10 Mechanical Drive for Offset The Offset Motor provides mechanical drive for the Offset Rolls The Offset Motor transmits drive to the Offset Bracket If the printer is running in Offset mode the MCU s
146. ctuation or hum from the AC line voltage Main Power Switch Used to switch AC voltage on and off switches the printer on and off O AC Driver PWB Receives smoothed AC voltage from the Noise Filter The AC Driver PWB receives Fuser temperature information from Fuser sensors and passes that information on to the MCU for processing The MCU PWB commands the AC Driver to switch on or switch off AC voltage to the Fuser Heat Rods 58 EPSON EPL N4000 O Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Takes filtered AC voltage and converts it into regulated 24VDC and 5VDC The LVPS contains overcurrent protection circuits If an excessive current begins to flow through any of the components supplied by the LVPS the LVPS immediately shuts down all low voltage output To reset the LVPS after an overcurrent shutdown switch off the printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer The LVPS contains open circuit protection circuits If the LVPS detects that a circuit is open for longer than one minute the LVPS slowly decreases the LVPS output until the output is zero To reset the LVPS after an open circuit shutdown switch off the printer wait a few minutes then switch on the printer The LVPS contains a low 24VDC output protection circuit If the LVPS detects the 24VDC output dropping below 15VDC the LVPS slowly decreases the 24VDC LVPS output until the output is zero LVPS Fan A 24VDC fan that cools the LVPS PWB O Machine Cont
147. der Assembly 4 Hold the Feed Gear in place with the flat side against the Nudger 3 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Front Feed Bearing to the Roll Assembly Feed Shaft and remove the Bearing 5 Slide the Feed Shaft through the Feed Gear through the Rear Feed Bearing through the Nudger Roll Assembly through the Feed Spring through the Front MSI Bearing and out through the cutout 5 Remove the Front and Rear Feed Bearings from the Nudger Roll for the Front Feed Bearing Assembly 4 Slide the Feed Shaft out of the Nudger Roll Assembly and remove the Assembly from the MSI Feeder frame 6 Slip the Front Feed Bearing over the end of the Feed Shaft and slide the Bearing into the cutout in the frame 7 Continue sliding the Feed Shaft as far as it will go 8 Use an E ring to secure the Shaft to the Front Feed Bearing 9 Hook the free end of the Feed Spring through the opening at the rear of the Assembly frame 10 Reinstall the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 154 11 Reinstall the MSI Feed Clutch MSI Feed Clutch on page 151 SSH473F Figure 4 43 Removal of MSI Nudger Roll Assembly Rev A 156 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 30 MSI Pad 7 Reinstall the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 154 See MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 4 2 30 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 154 2 Remove the M
148. dge first setting O Time to print first sheet Table 1 3 Time to print first sheet sec One Side Printing Duplex Printing High Capacity MP High Capacity Feeder Feeder A4 10 0 10 8 TBD 11 1 12 0 13 2 14 15 TB 15 7 16 6 17 8 La 6 4 D LT 10 0 10 8 TBD 11 1 12 0 13 2 14 15 Ea 17 8 L 6 4 D Note is for custom size unfixed form a b High large Capacity Feeder is optional O Warm Up Time Within 60 seconds at 23 C rated voltage 1 2 3 Paper Specification O Paper Feeding Maximum 6 ways L Paper Feed volume W Standard No optional parts 1050 sheets 50 500 x 2 B When using optional parts 3550 sheets Standard 500 1000 x 2 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description O Feeding Method Table 1 4 Feeding Method Paper thickness Paper Size g m Standard size paper Normal Paper A3 B4 F4 Ledger 60 90 Legal Government Legal Executive Custom size paper 5mm A4 B5 A5 Labels Normal Paper high OHP Thick Paper 60 90 Letter Government Volume 6153 Paper Feeding Method Standard MP Multi purpose tray ESL SPESE Thick Paper etter Half Letter 90 190 Cassette 1 500 A3 P B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper A5 L 60 90 TBD Labels OHP sheet thick Normal Paper paper Letter 60 90 Cassette 2 500 A3 P B4 P A4 L B5 L Normal Paper A5 L 60 90
149. down with the Tray facing you 3 Remove the two screws securing the Lower Cover to the Upper Cover 4 Locate the three latches on the right side of the Tray See the figure 5 Press the first latch while you pry the edge of the Lower Cover out of the Upper Cover 6 Repeat step 4 for the remaining two latches located on the right side of the Tray 7 Repeat step 4 for the two latches that are located on the left side of the Tray and remove the Lower Cover from the Upper Cover 8 Remove the MSI Tray SSH475F 9 Squeeze together the latches holding the MSI Size Sensor to the Figure 4 36 Removal of MSI Size Sensor Assembly MSI Side Guide and pry the Sensor off away from the Upper Cover 10 Disconnect J107 and remove the Sensor Assembly Rev A 149 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 25 2 Installation 10 Press at the five latch locations to make sure the latches have locked the Lower Cover in place 1 Reinstall the MSI Side Guide making sure the two latch tabs at the bottom of the Guide fit through the cutout in the Upper Cover 11 Use two screws to secure the Lower Cover to the Upper Cover mr Be sure to engage the actuator of MSI Sensor 12 Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly POINT and the hole of MSI Size Link Manual Feeder on page 146 B Be sure that actuator also moves when you mode the Link 2 Slide the Side Guide all the way to the
150. e Carefully pull the frame far enough to the rear so you can slip the rear hinge of the Upper Chute into the cutout at the rear of the frame Rev A Use three screws to secure the Lower Chute to the frame Open the Upper Chute Assembly and tighten the rear screw securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the frame Recomnect P J 210 and route the wire harness under the harness clips Recomnect P J 133 and route the wire harness under the harness clips Reinstall the Offset Roller Assembly Offset Roller Assembly on page 187 P133 J133 Upper Chute Assembly us Face Up Low Chute SSH493F Figure 4 73 Removal of Upper Chute Assembly 189 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 59 Exit Roll Assembly 7 Reinstall the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 183 See Offset Roller on page 260 4 2 59 1 Removal 1 Remove the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 183 2 Remove the two screws securing the Face Up Lower Chute to the Assembly frame and remove the Chute 3 Remove the K clip securing the Gear located at the rear of the Exit Roll shaft and remove the Gear and rear bearing 4 Remove the E ring securing the front of the Exit Roll shaft to the Assembly frame and remove the front bearing 5 Slide the shaft to the rear and remove the shaft from the Assembly 4 2 59 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Exit Roll Asse
151. e Duplex is performed distinguishing long edge and short edge but the value is combined both long and short edges at the engine status sheet 32 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 3 6 Initialization Process O Cold Start Processing This initialization is activated by turning the power on and perform In this printer following initialization process are performed automati various checking first cally or manually The printer goes to the On line ready condition after initialization process is completed successfully m Processing Initialization of engine e Initialization of ROM EEPROM DRAM Initialization and checking of peripheral devices e Initialization of memory O Reset Process This initialization process performs only the active interface the data received by other interface is stored This initialization is used when the copies are canceled or the printing invalid data is halted W Operation Press Continue switch pressing the Alt switch M Processing e Cancel the print request e Cancel the buffered data from the current port before the initialization e Canceling the error O Warm boot processing This initialization process stops printing for all interfaces and perform initialization until right after the power is turned on but does not perform various checks B Operation While pressing ALT switch press Continue switch until Reset All is indicated at LCD B Processing
152. e Initialization of Memory e Clear the received buffer of all interfaces Rev A 33 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 Mechanical Drive 2 1 2 Mechanical Drive Component EPL N4000 is made up of 4 major components 2 1 1 Overview 1 Offset Motor Mechanical Drive is a term that is used to describe both the rotation of A 24VDC motor the printer motors and the action of the gear clusters and clutches that are used to transmit and control motor rotation to the various components throughout the printer The primary purpose of Mechanical Drive within the printer base is to drive a sheet of paper out of a selected paper tray through the printer and into an output tray The ROS Motor is not considered part of Mechanical Drive The Main Drive Motor turns the Main Drive Assembly gears The Drive Assembly provides drive to the Feed Clutches the Registration Clutch the Fuser the Drum and BTR and the Exit Clutches Lift Up Motors supply drive to 4 Lift Up Motor 2 each paper tray raising the Bottom Plate of each tray so the paper A 24VDC motor stack contacts the Feed Rolls The Offset Motor provides drive to the Offset Rolls Main Drive Assembly Contains the 24VDC Main Drive Motor and the Main Drive Assembly Gears The Main Motor is attached to the Main Drive Assembly 3 Lift Up Motor 1 A 24VDC motor Main Drive Assembly Feed Clutch 1 hanical Transmits mechanical energy energy to Main Motor Generate
153. e failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly ESS PWB Wiring and connectors linking the components Yes No TONER SENSOR TEST 1 Insert and remove a new EP Cartridge into the printer Does the Control Panel LCD display L when the EP Cartridge is in place and does the LCD display H when you remove the Cartridge Replace the MCU PWB Replace the Toner Sensor Rev A 3 3 7 Inoperative Interlock Switch The Control Panel LCD either does not display an interlock open Error Code whenever a specific door or cover is open or it does not display an interlock open Error Code when a specific door or cover is closed Table 3 24 Inoperative Interlock Switch the interlock switch Step Actions and Questions Yes No SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Wiring and connectors linking the components Printer cover or door 1 INTERLOCK SWITCH TEST Replace the Replace the 1 Manually actuate and deactuate the MCU PWB Left Lower switch Cover Interlock Switch or the Does the Control Panel LC
154. e item of the setting value selection one status sheet status sheet Prints out or touch model perform Toner saving processing selection one touch mode2 Alt Enter Invalid Invalid Invalid Paper direction selection one touch model Toner saving one touch mode2 indicates previous setting value Note When using duplex print function select Duplex instead of Toner Save 21f you keep pressing it will be repeat input Rev A 18 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 3 2 Panel Setting Mode Here explains panel setting mode which sets various function of the printer 1 3 2 1 One Touch Setting Mode By pressing Select Type ALT switch on the control panel the printer enters to the one touch setting mode1 then goes to the one touch set ting mode 2 Setting items at each setting mode are mentioned below Table 1 23 One touch setting modes Mode Switch Setting Menu Setting ltem Setting Value Enter One touch Paper source Page size Manual Feed Orientation setting mode1 One touch Printer mode Copies MP tray size Duplex setting mode2 Rev A 1 3 2 2 List of Setting Items The following is a list of the printer setting items Note that the box in the Value column indicates the factory default setting Table 1 24 Printer Setting Value Test Menu Status sheet ESC Page Font Sample ESCPC Font Sample 2
155. e printer by yourself 13 Lift the printer off of Tray 2 14 Set the printer with the right side down on a level and stable work surface 129 EPSON EPL N4000 SSH467F Figure 4 18 Removal of Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly 15 Remove the Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 134 16 Remove Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 127 17 Remove the four screws securing Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly to the rear of the frame 18 Remove the two screws securing Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly to the front of the frame 19 Locate the two plastic mounting pins located at each end of the Assembly that secure the top of the Assembly to the bottom of the printer frame 20 Press the two plastic mounting pins out of the mounting holes and pull Tray 1 Take Away Assembly away from the printer Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 10 2 Installation 1 Reinstall Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly onto the bottom of the printer frame 2 Align the two plastic mounting pins located on the top of the Assembly with the two mounting holes located in the bottom of the printer frame 3 Press the Assembly into the frame so the mounting pins snap into the holes 4 Use two screws to secure the front of the Assembly to the printer frame 5 Use four screws to secure the rear of the Assembly to the printer frame 6 Reinstall Tray 1
156. e printing operation or maintenance operation are not initialized Forced erasing the Flash ROM Module This operation erases the content of the flash ROM module which is connected to A slot DIMM ROM Module on the main board B Operation Turn on the power pressing Alt switch Item switch Value switch and Enter switch Erasing starts after Erasing DIMM A is indicated After that the printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal state 26 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description O Toner Reset O Program ROM Up Date This function sets the toner left quantity FULL This function updates program DIMM which is connected to the W Turn on the power pressing On line switch and Form Feed program socket on the main board switch B Operation Turn the power on pressing On Line switch Alt switch and Value switch O Copy of ROM Module This function copies the content of ROM module inserted to B socket on the main board to the flash ROM module inserted to A socket Also if ROM module is not inserted to B socket the printer copies the content of ROM module which is inserted to code ROM socket B Operation Turn the power on pressing On Line switch Alt switch and Enter switch By pressing Enter switch at the point that LCD displays DIMM COPY MODE the printer copies after erasing Flash ROM After that the printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal condition O Duplex Tes
157. e screen image that was sent from the host computer Located at one corner of the ROS near the end of the Angled Mirror is the Start of Scan Sensor SOS Mirror The Start of Scan Sensor is located at the opposite corner of the ROS Assembly Each sweep of the laser beam begins by striking the SOS Mirror reflecting the beam into the SOS Lens which focuses the beam onto the SOS Sensor The SOS Sensor is electrically connected to the MCU PWB When the laser beam strikes the Sensor the Sensor notifies the MCU that a new scan has started Laser Diode Assembly emitting the Laser Beam Lenses Drum Miror N SOS PWB Rotating Polygon Mirror NS J Lens NN y ff Laser Beam exiting NS al ROS Casing the ROS and N PI ag striking the Drum iN Scanner Motor x V Wide Lens Assembly Drum Angled Mirror SOS Mirror Lens sr1323x Figure 2 20 Structure of ROS 47 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 3 2 1 Image Resolution This printer has an print image resolution of 600 dpi dots per inch Print image resolution is determined by the number of dots or pixels per inch of beam sweep and the number of sweeps per inch of paper travel 600 dots per inch of single sweep 4 600 scan lines per inch of paper travel sr1324x Figure 2 21 Image Resolution Rev A 2 3 2 2 ROS Control The Laser Diode PWB controls laser power monitoring and adj
158. e the Main Motor and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate easily and without binding 9 LVPS 24VDC CHECK Replacethe Replacethe Measure the voltage between J400 5 Main Drive LVPS and FG and between J400 6 and FG Assembly Assembly on the MCU PWB Is there 24VDC between J400 5 and FG and is there 24VDC between J400 6 and FG Rev A 88 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 5 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive Paper feed drive does not work The problem is not identified by a displayed Error Code Step Table 3 21 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly All paper path sensors Wiring and connectors linking the components Yes Table 3 22 inoperative Paper Feed Drive MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY TEST 1 Remove all of the paper trays from the printer Does the Main Motor run and do the gears of the Drive Assembly rotate normally Go to step 2 Go to FIP Inoperative Main Drive Assembly Is the problem with MSI feed Go to step 4 Go to step 3 TRAY 1 FEED CLUTCH TEST While the Main Motor is running under 8 1 run Output Tes
159. e to the Magnetic Roll The Charge Metering Blade CM Blade spreads the toner into a very thin layer on the Magnetic Roll Friction between the Magnetic Roll and the CM Blade generates a small electrical charge that is transferred to the toner The surface of the Magnetic Roll is made up of a thin sheet of conductive material The HVPS supplies the Magnetic Roll with two voltages a DC voltage and an AC voltage The DC voltage is used to transfer toner from the Magnetic Roll to the surface of the drum The AC voltage agitates the toner on the Magnetic Roll making toner transfer easier The Magnetic Roll maintains a negative DC electrical potential Negative charged areas of the drum have a lower electrical potential or higher relative negative value than the Magnetic Roll Discharged areas of the drum have a higher electrical potential or lower relative negative value than the Magnetic Roll A discharged point on the surface of the drum now appears less negative or positive in relation to the negative charge on the Magnetic Roll The toner adhering to the Magnet Roll is always in contact with the drum surface When a less negative point on the drum a discharged area comes in contact with the more negative charged toner on the Magnet Roll toner transfers from the Magnet Roll to that point on the drum There is now a visible toner image on the drum surface The image is called a developed image Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles
160. el2 EPSON script Paper handling support ESC Page PGI support paper handling support FX ESC P2 1239X Paper handling support ESC PageC ESC PC PGI support paper handling support Requires C version DIMMs installed C version DIMMs include C version font 2 Firmer can be rewritten via the parallel port Firmware can be rewritten via the network TBD EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 3 Support range of versions 1 and 2 1 2 Basic Specification 1 Version1 TBD a Duplex unit duplex printing function MORN b Face up tray 1 2 1 Controller Specification c High capacity lower cassette d ENV tray BASIC FEATURES 2 Version 2 TBD L CPU VR4700 133MHz Version 1 plus following O RAM SDRAM a Multi bin unit mailbox job separator stacker sorter functions b Finisher mail box stacker stapler functions c HDD W Synchronous Dynamic RAM Double In line Memory Module 168 pin type 64 bit with SPD Note Version 1 does not recognize the Mailbox and Finisher and HDD Capacity of 16 32 64 or 128 MB options even if installed Access speed of 66 66 MHZ or Higher Height of less than 40mm Standard 16MB SDRAM DIMMs adopted 8MB is used for system area CN8 W DIMM option 16MB 32MB 64MB SDRAM 1 slot CN9 Up to 256MByte Table 1 1 Maximum Setting CN8 Slot 0 Standard 128MB 16MB CN9 Slot1 128MB 128MB O ROM W Fonts 2MB mounted on the main board 2MB ROM DIMM boa
161. ependent settings R140 R141 Paper Size Detection 1 2 10 Consumables Exist None A4 O Components and life None Exist Letter Table 1 17 Cartridge Component Weight ET Cartridge OPC Drum Life 20000 sheets 3 5Kg Charging Roller OPC drum 130 k turn Black Toner Cleaner Blade Rev A 13 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 12 Host Interface Specification 1 2 12 1 Parallel Interface i directional llel interf EPL N4000 has the following interfaces fitted as standard pe ane aCe pe EE Tete bise ona dd O IEEE 1284 parallel interface O Operating mode Compatibility Nibble ECP i Eihemel Intsass O Connector type 57RE 40360 830B D7A DDK or equivalent O Option Type B interface slot O Compatible plug Amphenole or equivalent The default device ID setting for this printer is as follows The information is shown below including line breaks but the actual data is a continuous is shown below including line breaks but the actual data is a continuous character string with no line break characters The following table shows which host interface configurations can be used MFG EPSON CMD PJL ESCPL2 00 ESCP9 84 PRPXL24 01 PCL Option Type B Slot HPGL2 01 ESCPAGE 04 POSTSCRIPT MDL EPL N4000 CLS RPINTER DES EPSON EPL N4000 Parallel UE Connector Ethernet l F Connector Note When optional Post Script board is installed Figure 1 6 Interface Part Table 1 19 Inter
162. er to P4 cool down before attempting to work on or remove the Fuser Assembly 4 2 49 1 Removal 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Open the Left Front Cover 3 Pull out the handles that are located on each end of the Fuser Assembly 4 Loosen the two thumb screws that secure the Fuser Assembly to the printer frame 5 Pull the Fuser out of the printer 4 2 49 2 Installation 1 Open the Left Upper Cover 2 Open the Left Front Cover 3 Position the Fuser Assembly with J12 on the left end of the Assembly aligned with P12 mounted on the printer frame 4 Hold on to the Fuser handles and slide the Fuser Assembly into the printer frame Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Firmly push the Fuser Assembly to make sure J12 is mated correctly with P12 Tighten the two thumb screws to secure the Fuser Assembly to the printer frame Close the Left Upper Cover and the Left Front Cover If Fuser is exchanged be sure to reset the Fuser Counter See Maintenance Mode on page 28 L SSH327F Figure 4 64 Removal of Fuser Assembly 179 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 50 Fuser Drive Assembly See Fuser Drive Assembly on page 264 4 2 50 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Fuser Assembly Fuser Assembly on page 179 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 Remove the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 182 Disconnect J23 from the AC
163. et Assembly making sure the 4 2 53 1 Removal crossbar of the solenoid plunger latches onto the Solenoid Link 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 3 Use two screws to secure the Solenoid to the Assembly 2 Disconnect J210 from the Exit Gate Solenoid 4 Reconnect J210 3 Remove the wire harness from the harness clips 5 Secure the wire harness to the harness clips 4 Remove the two screws securing the Exit Gate Solenoid to the 6 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 Offset Assembly and remove the Solenoid SSH491F Figure 4 68 Removal of Exit Gate Solenoid Rev A 184 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 54 Offset Motor 4 2 54 2 Installation See Exit Lower Chute on page 259 1 Insert the Motor arm into the Offset Roll Rack 2 Reconnect J209 to the Offset Motor 4 2 54 1 Removal 3 Reinstall the Offset Motor onto the Offset Assembly 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 4 Use two screws to secure the Motor to the Assembly 2 Remove the two screws securing the Motor to the Offset Assembly y 5 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 3 Lift the Motor off of the Assembly and free the Motor arm from the EEGEN Offset Roll Rack 4 Disconnect J209 from the Offset Motor SSH492F Figure 4 69 Removal of Offset Motor Rev A 185 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier
164. etely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears LVPS Assembly Table 3 32 Black Prints Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 ROS WINDOW INSPECTION Go to step 2 Remove the 1 Remove the EP Cartridge paper 2 Inspect the ROS Window for a sheet of paper that may have lodged in front of it and could be blocking the laser beam from reaching the Drum Is the ROS Window free of paper 2 CONTROLLER OR HOST SOFT Replacethe Go to step 3 WARE ISOLATION ESS PWB Generate a Grid Test Print or reload the Host Software Is the test print image normal Rev A Step Table 3 33 Black Prints Actions and Questions Yes No EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Install a new EP Cartridge Is there a normal image on the paper Problem solved Go to step 4 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC TION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely developed with sharp black easily read areas and clear white areas al Replace the BTR Assembly Go to step 5 MAIN CONTROLLER
165. f 7 le A Rev A elei s Daag ice ajajaja or ENEE DDR DION 500000 E nxmu ommr aa0008 TEE EIER EE E E ON9 ERE FERBEEERE 5 BEER EE ER AA add 293393 BEEEBEEEREEEEEEE 3332333333 H 233332333323 332 8888883833833833 Q8888888883383383 5 a 5 2 Jelli m elm ne m m om m Ze a E q a SIE a T o SQ SS ah 3 0 amp 2 av ay M 2 o d Del Dei sal o DY f wl d eg r z ww So 2 lobe E is D e d d SEP E Ax ano 0 NY Ld 4 ds d 4 322222 z 2222222222 X 33333332 qa a d g 4L Li3aaasiiaiiziiaiiiaii E 13333333 4 asi m A gt i a nl DS na elo aa ao nas Jas RM117 AG AG QN9 N9 Ll Val DIE a E E al E E y X nmmmpommomm DESEE EE Evo i z z Da clla ele ls 0 aoc ovamyowRamosam MIO RH Henn AAA ARNARANALALT CC QODODOOCODODOOQOOOOOOE EES BEES QN9 GND aNd ML YU du ysis bride gfe alee able Tessie ose ise dee RIS e hone te c ee io ae 4 Y ed Y
166. face Parallel 1 F Ethernet Type B I F I F automatic O O O selection I F fixed parallel O X X I F fixed Ethernet X O X I F fixed Type B X X O Note O Enable X Disable Rev A 14 Chapter 1 Product Description EPSON EPL N4000 1 2 12 2 Ethernet Interface Specification O Interface type 10BaseT 100BaseT automatic switching O Communication protocol m IPX SPX IPX SPX NCP RIP SAP PrintServer RemotePrinter NDS SNMP m NetBIOS SMB NetBEUI not supported m TCP IP IP UDP TCP LPR FTP TENET ARP ICMP RARP BOOTP DHCP SNMP HTTP W Apple Talk ELAP DDP ATP PAP AARP NBP ZIP RTMP O Connector type RJ45 ch103 Figure 1 7 RJ45 Connector Pin Position O Appropriate cable 2 pair Category 3 or 4 or 5 UTP 10 BaseT 100BaseT Rev A O Pin Assignment Table 1 20 Pin Assignment Pin Signal yo Tx O Tx O Rx l n o a A N z O 1 2 12 3 Type B Interface This printer is fitted as standard with a Type B option slot O Main system type MTP600dpi PW7016dt600dpi PRG rev Ap500ma SPDOfast Note is ROM version Factory default setting is same as Product Name EPL N4000 O Printer Name O Product Name 15 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 3 OPERATION 1 3 1 Control Panel The control panel of this printer has one display 6 LEDs and 8 switches Figure below shows
167. ffset Unit Assembly Figure tom Homoval er EN Rev A 182 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 52 Exit Drive Assembly See Exit Drive Assembly on page 262 4 2 52 1 Removal 1 Remove the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 182 Remove the three screws securing the Exit Drive Assembly to the Offset Unit Assembly Pull the Exit Drive Assembly straight out and away from the Offset Unit SSH337F Figure 4 67 Removal of Exit Drive Assembly Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 52 2 Installation 1 Align the Exit Drive Assembly with the Offset Unit Assembly so the white drive gear and shaft fit through the corresponding opening in the Exit Drive Assembly Press the Exit Drive Assembly onto the Offset Unit slightly repositioning the Assembly so the positioning pin on the upper right side of the Offset Unit fits through the corresponding hole in the Exit Drive Assembly Make sure you do not trap any wire harnesses between the Exit Drive Assembly and the Offset Unit Assembly Use three screws to secure the Exit Drive Assembly to the Offset Unit Assembly Reinstall the Offset Unit Assembly Offset Exit Assembly on page 182 183 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 53 Exit Gate Solenoid 4 2 53 2 Installation See Exit Lower Chute on page 259 1 Position the Exit Gate Solenoid so the wire harness faces up 2 Reinstall the Solenoid onto the Offs
168. ft to the Support Reinstall the Gears Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 242 and E rings to the rear of the Take Away Roll Shaft Reinstall the Retard Assembly and Take Away Roll back into the Retard Frame Reinstall the plastic bearing into the hole at the front of the Retard Frame Reinstall Gear 22 20 to the rear of the shaft and use an E ring to secure the Gear 135 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 7 Align the screw hole in the Gear Stopper with the screw hole in the frame and use one screw to secure the Stopper 8 Reinstall the Tray 1 Support Assembly Spring Support Assembly Spring on page 134 9 Reattach the spring to the Retard Support 10 Reinstall the plastic Feed Chute to the Take Away Roll 11 Reinstall the Feed In Chute and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly 12 Reinstall the Left Middle Cover L H Low Cover Assembly on page 160 13 Reinstall Tray 1 Take Away Roll Assembly See Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly on page 129 Rev A 136 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 14 Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies 4 2 14 2 Installation See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 240 and Tray Interface Tray 2 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 on page 243 pag 2 Reinstall the Chute by sliding the opening in the rear of the Chute into the tab on the printer frame then hooking the tab at the front of 4 2 14 1 Removal the Chu
169. g 51 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 2 Exposure The Raster Output Scanner ROS generates a beam of laser light Image data received from the print controller modulates this beam turning it on and off according to image information that is received from the host computer and software Modulated Laser Beam Through the use of a series of rotating and stationary mirrors within the ROS the beam scans the negative charged drum surface Whenever the print controller sends a command to print a black pixel the laser switches on long enough to shine onto the drum at a single pixel point Drum Surface Drum Surface That point is now discharged and slightly less negative than the Image Voltage surrounding negative charge For the sake of simplicity the less f Laser Beam 1 Toten negative areas are considered positive This discharge no discharge process creates an invisible electrostatic image on the surface of the drum This image is called a latent image i Sr 1329x Discharge The ROS also helps to clean and prepare the drum by scanning the Level surface of the drum at the beginning of each individual printer cycle This action discharges an residual DC charge that may still remain on the Drum from the last print cycle Figure 2 26 Exposure Rev A 52 EPSON EPL N4000 2 4 3 Develop The toner contained within the EP Cartridge has a slight magnetic property that causes it to adher
170. g Value Table 1 32 Information Control and its Method 1239X Menu Bit Image ZeroChar CharacterSet Mode Mailbox1 Mailbox2 Mailbox3 Mailbox4 Mailbox5 Mailbox6 Mailbox7 Mailbox8 Value Dark Light BarCode 0 17 26 Sorter Mailbox Stacker JpbSeparator 24byte 24byte 24byte 24byte 24byte 24byte 24byte 24byte ESCP2 Menu Country USA France Germany UK Denmark Cont Sweden Italy Spain1 Japan Norway Denmark2 Spain2 LatinAmeric Korea Legal Auto CR S20 On Auto LF PERN Dark Light BarCode Bit Image e ZeroChar e FX Menu Font Courier Prestige Roman Sans serif Script Orator S OCH A OCH B e Pitch e 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi Prop Condensed Off On T Margin 0 40 0 50 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch Text e 1 621 66 6 available Max 81 Lines CGTable PCUSA Italic PcMultiln PcPortugue PcCanFrenc PcNordic PcTurkish2 PCE Europe BpBRASCII BpAbicomp o Gas USA France Germany UK Denmark Sweden Italy Spain Japan Norway Denmark2 Spain2 LatinAmeric Auto CR On Off Auto LF Off On Bitlmage Dark Light BarCode ZeroChar 06 1329X Menu Font Courier Prestige Roman Sans serif Script Orator S OCR A OCR B Pitch 10cpi 12cpi 15cpi 17cpi 20cpi 24cpi Prop Code Page 437 850 860 863 865 T Margin 0 40 0 30 to 1 50 inch step 0 05 inch Tesi 637 67 1 to available Max 111 Lines Auto CR Off On
171. g this button the printer goes to status sheet in the test printing menu O Reset Continue The printer stops printing or resets by Rev A pressing Alt and Continue switches After displaying Reset on the display pressing both switches for 5 seconds lead to Reset All and executes warm boot Chapter 1 Product Description W This printer has EEPROM and hard disk drive HDD inside and records various setting values and printing data If the printer is turned off during this process writing operation is not guaranteed and error occurs when the printer is turned on next time Therefore never turn off the printer at the following cases e From the power on to On line light on e On line light is blinking e When the printer is printing when the paper transporting motor is in active When you want to stop printing press On line switch or perform Job Cancel Reset Each switch operation for the panel setting is on the next page 17 Each switch operation for the panel setting is as follows Table 1 21 Switch operation for the panel setting Switch Panel setting On line ready Goes to Not ready status and enters to One touch setting mode1 Not ready Goes to One touch setting model Panel Setting mode Escape from the panel setting mode and goes to On line status Panel setting one touch mode Goes to the next panel setting mode EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product
172. gged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Isthe printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity are moderate and stable 7 Is the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is the printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual 14 Are consumables such as the EP Cartridge replaced at recommended intervals Rev A Step Table 3 59 Electrical Noise Troubleshooting Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Lift Up Motors Feed Clutches ROS Assembly Offset Unit
173. h Paper present Low Paper not present P J404 pue SOL DGATE Switches the Duplex Exit Gate Solenoid High Off 2 DUP DET BUL lt B 8 4 B 14 L 0 4 Ga GRY E T 2 E e Zi SVRIN vo Bs ep d A A B B Pulse signals sent by the Duplex PWB to rotate the n s 24V ORN BT tE Ua x e 24VRTN VIO B S R B i Duplex Motor 9 14 INV SW BLU B 2 7 B 7 16 DREGI BLU e B 1 8 B 6 9 L I AC Blu AES Es A 5 5VRTN VIO A Cle 3 A 9 3 7 OPT TX BLU A 5 A A 8 9 Pi Mc 4 5 e 13 Si Lac BLU AT S A i 15 CL ICW BLU A 1 8 A 3 DDM PWBA SER612XC Figure 7 21 Duplex PWB MCU PWB Rev A 231 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 20 Signal Name Signal Name Description SNR SIZE2 Analog signal from the Tray 2 Size Sensor Voltage levels OVDC 5VDC Sigg SNR NOP2 Monitors level of paper in Tray 2 High No paper 1 DA SVRTN VIO 3 present Low Paper present 2 A lt SNR NOP2 YEL 2 NOP 1TM 3 5A 5V GRY 1 3 SENSOR SNR TAROL2 Monitors paper between Tray 2 and Tray 3 High Paper ARA 5VRTN vio P1 im present Low No paper S S E SE Ges 1 SENSOR SNR LVL2 Monitors position of Tray 2 High Not in position Low In x 7 HA 5VRTN vio P182
174. he Feeder Assembly 11 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 Rev A 153 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 27 MSI Feed Roll 4 2 27 2 Installation See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 1 Position the Feed Roll so the metal end of the hole is facing the No Paper Sensor 4 2 27 1 Removal SE CHECK One way clutch is built in the Feed Roll 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on PONT Be careful for the direction of the clutch when page 146 installing it If this clutch is installed wrong it causes paper feed failure 2 Remove the screw securing the MSI No Paper Sensor Bracket Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 to the Feeder Assembly and lift the Sensor Bracket out of the way 2 Press down the Retard Pad and slide the MSI Feed Roll onto the Feed Shaft 3 Remove the KL clip securing the MSI Feed Roll to the Feed Shaft and slide the Feed Roll off of the shaft 3 Use a KL clip to secure the Roll to the shaft 4 Reinstall the No Paper Sensor Bracket onto the Feeder Assembly and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly Feed Roll ei 5 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 SER313XA Figure 4 41 Removal of MSI Feed Roll Rev A 154 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 28 MSI Nudger Roll See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 4 2 28 1 Removal 1 Remove MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Rol
175. he Bracket will fall off when you remove the two screws Do not lose the Bracket 5 Disconnect the four P Js that are attached to the AC Drive PWB 6 Squeeze the four latches securing the PWB to the printer frame and remove the PWB 4 2 65 2 Installation 1 Align the four holes in AC Drive PWB to the four latches on the frame and press the PWB into place J20 SER437XB 2 Reconnect the four P Js to the AC Drive PWB Figure 4 82 Removal of AC Driver PWB 3 Reinstall the Bracket under the frame so it sandwiches SSR1 and SSR2 between it and the frame 4 Use two screws to secure the Bracket and SSR1 and SSR2 to the frame Rev A 198 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 66 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Assembly See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 266 4 2 66 1 Removal 1 Remove the MCU PWB MCU Machine Control Unit PWB on page 202 2 Disconnect J500 DTS FB CB and BTR from the HVPS PWB The PWB is easily broken Use care when removing the P Js from the HVPS PWB Use your fingers to hold down the PWB while you carefully disconnect each P J 3 Remove the two screws one on the left side and one on the right side that secure the HVPS Assembly to the printer frame 4 Pull out on the HVPS Assembly while your release the two clips one at the top and one on the right side that secure the HVPS to the printer frame 5 Remove the HVPS Assembly from the frame 4 2 66 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the HVPS
176. he Paper Guide The MCU PWB interprets Transmits Main Motor drive forward to the Offset Rolls IIS pa o as a speriic paner siga O Inverter CCW Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive reverse to the Offset Rolls Paper Size Sensor PWB O Offset Motor Provides mechanical drive for the Offset Unit O Duplex Module PWB Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Duplex PWB option O Mailbox Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Mailbox option O Finisher Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Finisher option Actuator Assembly Guide Assembly SERT17F O Envelope Feeder Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the Figure 2 40 Size Sensor Envelope Feeder option O Cabinet Drive PWB Provides 5VDC 24VDC and command and status lines to the High Capacity Feeder option Rev A 64 Chapter 2 Operating Principles EPSON EPL N4000 O Registration Sensor Monitors paper travel out of the paper tray O No Paper Sensor 1 Monitors the paper level in Feeder 1 When the Lift Motor raise the Bottom Plate the Plate raises the paper stack the stack pushes the No Paper Actuator up and away from the No Paper Sensor The Sensor sends a paper present signal to the MCU PWB When the last sheet of paper is fed out of the Paper Tray the No Paper Actuator drops through a cutout in the Bottom Plate The Actuator then blocks the Sensor and the Sensor sends a n
177. he blade of a small screwdriver to free the rear latches from the Cover Push down on the front of the Chute Assembly and use the blade of a small screwdriver to free the front latches from the Cover Remove the Left Chute Assembly Release the two springs and remove the Registration Roll Assembly from the Chute Assembly 4 2 40 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Registration Roll Assembly onto the Chute Assembly Make sure the cutout in the Chute Assembly capture the lips of the three bearings on the shaft Hook the free ends of the two springs into the holes in the Chute so the springs lay on top of the bearings and secure the shaft to the Chute Position the Left Chute Assembly so the cutout for the Registration Senor is located opposite the Registration Sensor Rev A 4 Lift the clear mylar strip out of the way as you lower the Chute onto the Upper Cover As you lower the Chute make sure the top of the two Comp Springs fit into the tabs on the underside of the Chute Press the front of the Chute so the two latches lock the front of the Chute into place Press the rear of the Chute so the two latches lock the rear of the Chute into place BTR Assembly Transfer roller unit on page 176 Reinstall the BTR Assembly Close the Left Upper Cover SSH485F Figure 4 55 Removal of Left Chute Assembly 169 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 41 Registration Chute Assembl
178. he cassette activated normally last time O Face down Full Error 2 When both or either Controller or Machine Controller is replaced W Explanation with new one perform Initialization of EEPROM See Chapter1 This error occurs when the printer eject the paper to the Face Product Description Down but the Face Down is full Also if multi bin becomes full when printing at multi bin mode paper will be ejected from multi bin to Face Down In this case if the Face Down becoes full this B Explanation error appears This error appears when any troubles happen at the Paper Feed L XErrorr yyy Error m Remedy or Eject Exit devices ESERI EE Take papers from Face Down and press Continue switch m Remedy Then the printer will resume printing Turn off the printer once and check the connection of the errored devices and turn on the power again If this does not recover the error there is a possibility of malfunction Rev A 78 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting O Multibin 1 10 Full Error O Set ENV Tray Error W Explanation W Explanation This error appears when the appointed Multi bin becomes full ENV is removed after turning the power on Since the Cover is opened when the paper jam error occurs the ENV might be left m Remedy uninstalled Or non ENV tray is installed Remove the papers from that bin and press Continue switch alo i The printer will resume printing m Remedy O Finisher 1 3 Full Error Insta
179. he printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual Rev A 14 Are consumables such as the Print Cartridge EP Cartridge replaced at recommended intervals 3 3 1 Inoperative Printer Even when the main switch is turned on LED on the Control Panel is not turned on LCD is still blank and Fuser Fan does not rotate and warm up does not start Table 3 10 Inoperative Printer Step Actions and Questions Yes No Suspect Components The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Fuser Assembly HVPS Assembly Main Drive Assembly ROS Assembly Wiring and connectors linking the components Go to Step2 Insert AC power code into the printer and AC plug 1 AC power cord inspection Inspect the AC Power Cord Is the AC power cord plugged into the back of the printer and is the other end plugged into an AC wall outlet 83 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 11 Inoperative
180. hich along with SW2 the Left Cover Interlock controls 24VDC out of the MCU PWB When the Left Cover is open or the EP Cartridge is removed SW1 and SW2 cut 24VDC out of the MCU PWB An electrical jack at the end of the EP Cartridge completes the 5VDC circuit for CRU Interlock switches SW1 and SW2 When the EP Cartridge is removed 5VDC to the Laser Diode is cut AQ NEO Never run the printer with the covers open or removed the Main Interlock Switch actuated and the f CRU Interlock Switches bypassed Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause serious eye injury or blindness Rev A 49 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 4 Print Process Print process step of this printer is to form the toner image on the drum surface transfer this image to the paper and fuse the transferred toner image to the paper O Charge Places a uniform negative electrostatic charge on the surface of the drum O Expose A data modulated laser beam scans the drum surface converting select negative points to positive points O Develop Attaches dry toner to the positive points of the drum O Transfer Transfers the dry toner image from the drum to a piece of paper O Detack Strips the piece of paper along with the dry toner image on the paper surface from the drum O Clean Cleans any residual toner from the surface of the drum and prepares the drum for the next print cycle O Discharge Cleans any residual electrical
181. i SE EE 33 Print Sequence eere Ire esee Ee 56 alizatio OCOSS acta EE Operating Principles for Power Supply Circuit ccccsssssossssssseeeseeee 58 oe Power Supply CitCuiteccccccccsissscesscectevesccuttiesecuseveccesvetaaaeessrtaceestuntecs 58 Operating Principles Power Supply Components sse 58 Mechanical Drive A A d OE 35 Printer Control TA 61 Overview Se 35 Printer Control COMPONSINES sesion 63 EPSON EPL N4000 Machine Control Unit PWB MCU PWB sses 63 Components attached to or associated with the MCU PWB 63 Function of the MCU during printer Control s s 67 Controller e herd Leder de dan dad 69 Functions of the Controller ssssseeeee 69 Specification on the Controller sssesesessss 69 Troubleshooting Troubleshooting nenoaie ra Nee 72 Service Flowchatl 5 idee Edge eet adas 72 FIP FlowGharE u inge A eet tete Rire fte tei iR Rn 73 How to use the FIP Flowchart ooooonocccccnnnoccccccnnconcncnnnnnnncncnnnnna 73 How to follow a EIDA 74 General Notes on Using FIPS sse 74 Printer Message uide eie 76 Printer Message carinarnica a nea aaa iia nennen 78 Service Req Error cte e arica 81 Engine Error ovaciones 81 Controller Erro adiit eei eh tea E 81 Operation when Service Req Error OCCUlS oooccccccccconcccnanaccnnonnnnnnoos 82 Printer Performance Problems not indicated by Error Codes 83 Inoperative Printer n
182. igure 4 45 Removal of MSI Friction Clutch When performing step3 push only the rear of the Clutch Never press the sides of the Clutch Pressing the sides of the Clutch will cause the Clutch break apart 3 Slide the Friction Clutch onto the shaft rotating the Clutch as you slide it toward the Spacer 4 Make sure the Clutch and Spacer mesh 5 Use one E ring to secure the Clutch to the shaft 6 Reinstall the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 Rev A 158 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 32 MSI No Paper Sensor Assembly See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 4 2 32 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 2 Remove the screw securing the MSI No Paper Sensor Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and lift the Sensor Bracket off of the Feeder 3 Disconnect the P J from the No Paper Sensor 4 Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the Sensor from the Bracket 4 2 32 2 Installation 1 Position the Senor so the P J connector faces the screw hole in the Sensor Bracket 2 Insert the Sensor latches into the two opening in the Bracket The Sensor snaps into place 3 Make sure the arm of the No Paper Actuator is between the two arms of the Sensor 4 Reconnect the P J to the No Paper Sensor 5 Insert the Bracket prong through the keyhole opening in the back of the Feeder 6 Slide the Bracket to the right so the screw hole in the Bracket
183. in Drive Assembly Clutch Assembly oo eS SATE 3 MSI Feed Clutch MSI Nudger Roller SER720F Figure 2 9 MSI Drive Mechanism 41 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 4 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray1 2 2 5 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tray2 The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for MSI feed The Drive The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for Tray 2 feed The Drive Assembly transmits drive to the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Roll Assembly transmits drive to Tray 2 Feed Clutch Tray 2 Feed Roll and and Nudger Roll are attached to the MSI Clutch At paper feed the Nudger Roll are attached to the Feed Clutch At paper feed the MCU MCU switches on the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Clutch transmits switches on the Tray 2 Feed Clutch The Feed Clutch transmits drive to drive to the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet of paper of paper out of the MSI Tray Tray 1 Feed Clutch transmits drive to the out of Tray 2 Take Away Roll The Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper into the Registration Roll Main Drive Assembly Retard Roller SER714F Retard Roller SER724F Figure 2 10 Tray 1 Drive Mechanism Figure 2 11 Tray 2 Drive Mechanism Rev A 42 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 6 Mechanical Drive for Registration 2 2 7 Mechanical Drive for the Drum and BTR
184. in Motor Generates mechanical energy Offset Motor Generates mechanical energy Main Drive Assembly Transmits mechanical energy to Y vvvvvv Feed Clutch 1 gt gt Feed Roll Nudger Roll Registration Clutch B Registration Roll Feed Clutch2 gt Feed Roll 2 Nudger Roll2 MSI Feed Clutch Lu MSIFeed Roll MSINudger Roll Fuser Drive Gear Heat Roll Pressure Roll Drum Drive Drum gt BTR gt Inverter CW Clutch gt Offset Roll Exit Drive I9 Inverter CCW Clutch gt Offset Roll Exit Roll Offset Roller Bracket Sr1318x Figure 2 8 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive When the Left Upper Cover is closed DTS Link Rod is pushed and Bracket Assembly conveys the motive power of Main Drive Assembly to the Fuser Assembly Rev A 2 2 3 Mechanical drive for paper fed from the MSI The Main Motor provides mechanical drive for MSI feed Multi Sheet Inserter The Drive Assembly transmits drive to the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Roll and Nudger Roll are attached to the MSI Clutch At paper feed the MCU switches on the MSI Feed Clutch The MSI Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll which rotates and begins feeding a single sheet of paper out of the MSI Tray Tray 1 Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Take Away Roll The Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll drive the sheet of paper into the Registration Roll Ma
185. ions Actions and Questions Yes No IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate a Black Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover Open the Drum Shutter Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the toner image on the drum normal and without spot deletions but there are spot deletions on the paper after Transfer da A Replace the BTR Assembly Go to step 4 Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 with fresh Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new EP Cartridge solved Are the spot deletions gone FUSER INSPECTION 1 Generate another Black Test Print and switch OFF printer power when the print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there are spot deletions visible when it exits the Fuser Replace the Fuser Assembly Replace the paper with fresh dry paper If problem continues thoroughly clean the inside of the printer
186. ire clip and move the harness out of the way Drive Assembly and move the Harness Support and attached harness out of the way 8 Remove the screw securing the green ground wire to the Main Drive Assembly and move the ground wire out of the way Figure below 12 Remove the three self tapping screws securing the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame The bottom right screw also secures a ground wire with attached resistor to the printer frame 13 Remove the screw that secures a ground strap at the bottom left of Ground wire the Main Drive Assembly 14 Lift the Exit Gear out of the way and pull the Main Drive Assembly G straight back and out of the printer frame CHECK If you are having difficulty removing the Main Drive POINT Assembly check to make sure there are no wire harness in the way the Registration Clutch location 4205 notch in not in the way and that the drive pin on the Drive Assembly is in the center of the cutout in the printer frame Ground wire with resistor Ground strap e SER338XB Figure 4 78 Removal of Main Motor PWB Rev A 194 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 62 2 Installation 1 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Push all of the wire harnesses out of the way 4 Rotate the Registration Clutch and the Feed Clutch so the location notches are not in the way of Main Drive installation 5 Lift the Exit Gear out of the way and slide the drive pi
187. isassembly and Assembly Reinstall Gear 22 to the rear of the shaft and use an E ring to secure the Gear Align the screw hole in the Gear Stopper with the screw hole in the frame and use one screw to secure the Stopper Reattach the spring to the Retard Support Reinstall the plastic Feed Chute to the Take Away Roll Reinstall the Feed In Chute and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly SSH470F Figure 4 31 Removal of Tray2 Retard Assembly 145 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 22 MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder 4 2 23 MSI Tray Assembly See MSI Feeder Assembly on page 248 See MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 4 2 22 1 Removal 4 2 23 1 Removal 1 Face the left side of the printer 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 2 Hold both sides of the MSI Feeder Assembly and firmly pull the Assembly toward you and out of the printer 2 Remove the two screws securing the MSI Top Cover to the MSI Assembly and remove the Top Cover 4 2 22 2 Installation 1 Face the left side of the printer 2 Position the MSI Feeder against the MSI Support 3 Tilt the MSI Feeder so the Feed Gear slides through the cutout in the printer cover 4 Hold the MSI Feeder Assembly level and push the Assembly against the printer SSH265F Figure 4 33 Remove of MSI Top Cover Figure 4 32 Removal of MSI Feeder Assembly Rev
188. k you to take voltage readings at certain test points within the printer Refer to Appendix for signal information if necessary 7 FIPs often ask you to replace a printer component Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly provides you detailed steps for removing and replacing all major parts of the printer 3 1 2 3 General Notes on Using FIPs 1 If you are unable to fix a problem using the FIPS we recommend that you replace the printer controller 2 FIPs frequently use new or known good components as troubleshooting tools We recommend you carry a spare Print Cartridge EP Cartridge Fuser Assembly MCU PWB ESS PWB and LVPS PWB Rev A FIPs assume there is no malfunction in the printer controller ESS Unless indicated otherwise the instruction switch ON main power means for you to switch ON printer power and let the printer proceed through power on diagnostics and warm up until it is on line and ready to print Conventions used to represent connectors P J XX means a Plug and its corresponding Jack are connected PXX means a Plug is disconnected Unless this plug is soldered to a PWB JXX means a Jack is disconnected Unless this jack is soldered to a PWB When you are instructed to take a voltage reading between P J A B and P J X Y place the red probe of your meter on pin B of P J A and place the black probe of your meter on pin Y of P J X When you are instructed to take
189. l on page 154 2 Remove the E clip securing the MSI Gate Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 to the Nudger Shaft and remove the Gate 3 Remove the E clip securing the Nudger Roll to the Nudger Shaft and slide the Nudger Roll off of the shaft Rev A SSH314F Figure 4 42 Removal of MSI Nudger Roll Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 28 2 Installation 1 Slide the Nudger Roll forked end first onto the Nudger Shaft making sure the forked end engages the pin at the end of the shaft Use an E clip to secure the Nudger Roll to the Shaft Slide the MSI Gate onto the Shaft see the illustration for correct positioning of the Gate Use an E clip to secure the Gate to the Shaft Reinstall the No Paper Sensor Bracket onto the Feeder Assembly and use one screw to secure it to the Assembly Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 155 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 29 MSI Nudger Roll Assembly 4 2 29 2 Installation See MSI Tray Assembly on page 250 1 Reinstall the Front and Rear Feed Bearings onto the Nudger Roll Assembly see the figure for correct placement 4 2 29 1 Removal 2 Hook one end of the Feed Spring over the Nudger Roll Assembly 1 Remove the MSI Feed Clutch MSI Feed Clutch on page 151 frame 2 Remove MSI Feed Roll MSI Feed Roll on page 154 3 Reinstall the Nudger Roll Assembly into the MSI Fee
190. ler Set in cassettes 1 to 5 is exchanged Each corresponding LC 1 to 5 counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the feed roller set is changed Rev A Chapter 1 Product Description MP Counter Clear This function is performed when the Feed Roller of the tray is exchanged MP counter on the status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the roller is exchanged TR Counter Clear This function is performed when the transfer roller is exchanged TR counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the transfer roller is changed DM Counter Clear This function is performed when the duples unit is exchanged Duples on the engine status sheet becomes 0 FD Counter Clear This function is performed when the parts around the Face Down are exchanged Face Down on the engine status sheet becomes 0 FU Counter Clear This function is performed when the parts around the Face UP are exchanged Face UP on the engine status sheet becomes O MB Counter Clear This function is performed when the mailbox multibin is exchanged Mailbox on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Finisher Counter Clear This function is performed when the Finisher is exchanged Finisher on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Stapler Counter Clear This function is performed when the Stapler is exchanged Stapler on the engine status sheet becomes 0 Error Log Clear This function clears error log list which is memorized in order t
191. ll the ENV tray The error is cancelled automatically B This error appears when the appointed Finisher becomes full SE W Explanation Although there is no setting menu on the panel when the manual feed mode is selected by ESC Page command the printer indicates appointed paper size and feeding device before m Remedy Remove the papers from that Finisher and press Continue switch The printer will resume printing O AH Cover Open printing W Explanation E Remedy Indicated cover is open Press Continue switch or On line switch If there are papers in the appointed tray the printer feeds paper from there If not the printer feeds paper from the device which has most priority If there is no paper in any devices this error appears again O Set MP Tray Error Paper size error does not occur even the fed paper is different from the appointed size tttt m Remedy Close that cover W Explanation This error appears when both paper tray and ENV tray are not O Invalid Size LC1 5 Error installed when the printer is turned on W Explanation BH Remedy This error appears when the detected paper size is not Install the tray then error is canceled automatically supported or has undefined value m Remedy Pull out the cassette and set the correct paper size As soon as the correct paper size is detected the error is canceled automatically Rev A 79 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting O Turn Paper LC1
192. mbly by sliding the rear of the shaft through the bearing cutout at the rear of the Assembly frame SSH495F 2 Slide the front of the shaft into the bearing cutout at the front of the Assembly frame Figure 4 74 Removal of Exit Roll Assembly 3 Reinstall both front and rear bearings 4 Use an E ring to secure the front of the shaft 5 Slide the Gear onto the rear of the shaft and use a K clip to secure the Gear 6 Reinstall the Face Up Lower Chute and use two screws to secure it to the Assembly frame Rev A 190 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 60 Full Stack Sensor 4 2 60 2 Installation See Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 261 1 Reinstall the Full Stack Sensor by pressing the Sensor latches into the cutouts in the Offset Assembly 4 2 60 1 Removal CHECK Make sure you install the Sensor with the wire 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 POINT positioned to the rear of the Offset Assembly and the Sensor actuator moving freely through the 2 Disconnect J133 and remove the wire harness from the harness cutout below the Sensor clips 3 Squeeze the latches to unlock the Full Stack Sensor and remove 2 Reconnect J133 and secure the wire harness under the harness the Sensor from the Offset Assembly clips 3 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 SSH497F Figure 4 75 Removal of Full Stack Sensor Rev A 191 EPSON EP
193. n at the back of the Main Drive Assembly into the large opening in the printer frame 6 Make sure there are no wire harnesses trapped between the Drive Assembly and the printer frame 7 Reach around through the open Left Upper Cover and take hold of the drive pin Center the pin in the printer frame opening while you push the Drive Assembly against the frame 8 Use one screw to secure the ground strap at the bottom left of the Main Drive Assembly 9 Use a self tapping screw to secure the ground wire with the attached resistor and the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame 10 Use three self tapping screws to finish securing the Main Drive Assembly to the printer frame 11 After securing the Main Drive Assembly wiggle the Assembly to make sure it is firmly in place 12 Position the Harness Support against the Main Drive Assembly Rev A Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 Rotate the Registration Clutch and in the Feed Clutch so the slots in the Clutches line up with the key on the Harness Support then press the Support against the Main Drive Assembly Use three screws to secure the Harness Support to the Main Drive Assembly Reconnect P J 202 J209 J600 and J601 Reconnect P J 462 to the MCU PWB Reinstall the green ground wire to the screw hole at the top of the Main Drive Assembly and use one screw to secu
194. n the paper Rev A Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 31 Blank White and check for a broken wire or loose connection between components in the Xerographic sections of the printer Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Go to step 4 Replace the TION HVPS 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely developed with sharp black easily read areas 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Suspect an Replace the 1 Carefully remove the Test Print intermittent BTR generated in step 3 problem Assembly If Replace the the problem 2 Inspect the print MCU PWB persists Was the toner image on the drum and or refer replace the transferred completely to the paper to the wiring HVPS And are the grid lines black and diagrams Assembly unbroken Section 14 95 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting EPSON EPL N4000 3 4 3 Black Prints SCO003F OProblem The entire print is black LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or compl
195. n then be selected 52 Appears only when the multibin unit or finisher is installed and printer is in stacker mode or job separator mode can then be selected 53 Appears only when the multibin unit or finisher is installed and printer is in mailbox mode can then be selected If the finisher from mail box 1 to 3 54 Not displayed on the panel Can be selected and obtained with warm boot Possible operations are limited No option Sorter Multibin unit Sorter Mailbox Stacker Job Separator Finisher Mailbox Stacker 55 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be set with EJL PJL and so forth Not saved in NVRAM 56 Not displayed on the panel of the C version 57 Appears only when contents information data is written in the DIMM installed can then be selected 58 Not displayed on the panel Not printed on the status sheet Can be selected or obtained with EJL 62 Appears only when Maintenance Menu becomes available by the hidden operation at Power On can then be selected 75 Appears regardless of the installation of optional parts Counter Clear can be also carried out Rev A 25 EPSON EPL N4000 1 3 3 Special Operation Here explains functions which are operated by the special operation of the switches on the control panel Following functions are activated by pressing a particular button before RAM check is completed after the power on Please handle carefully the informati
196. nal High Data register Low Instruction register CNPN SW1 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not pressed CNPN SW2 Key synch High Key pressed Low Key not pressed 222 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 10 Signal Name Signal Name Description SBSY Status busy signal Low Transmitting signal High Not transmitting STA Status from MCU to ESS CMD Command from ESS to MCU PCLK Clock signal which is sent from the printer to ESS and command timing for sending the status Clock speed is 9600 bps CCLK Clock signal for status and command timing ESS to MCU Clock speed 9 6kHz 500kHz CBSY Command busy signal ESS to MCU Low ESS is transmitting command High ESS is not transmitting C262MAIN Control ler PPRDY Status indicating MCU initialization is complete and printer is On Line Low Printer initialization complete High Printer initialization not complete PWBA MCU SYS XIP CPRDY Status indicating ESS initialization is complete Low ESS initialization complete High ESS initialization not complete RDY Status indicating that the MCU is ready to accept control commands Low Accept commands High lgnore commands START Command from ESS to the MCU to begin a print cycle Low Start High Do not start Starts print cycle only when RDY is also Low 3424 7 PRFD Command from the ESS to the
197. ndition Total Counter Machine 100000 When Printing Panel Controller times Jam Counter Controller 100000 When Jam EEPROM times occurs Initialization Toner Controller 0 100 When Printing When the new cartridge is detected EEPROM Initialization OPC Counter ET Cartridge When Printing None Carriage Controller 0 100 times When the new EEPROM Change cartridge is Initialization detected Fuser Counter Controller When Printing Panel EEPROM Initialization Fuser Change Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Initialization LC n Counter Machine When feeding Panel Controller MP Counter Controller 150000 When feeding Panel sheets EEPROM Initialization LC n FR Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Change Initialization MP FR Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Change Initialization TR Counter Machine Printer Panel Controller TR Change Controller 0 10 times Panel EEPROM Initialization Duplex Controller 150000 When passing EEPROM sheets normal paper Initialization 31 Name of Information Place Range Count Condition Table 1 34 Information Control and its Method Clear Condition Face Down Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Face Up Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Mailbox Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM Multibin paper Initialization Finishe
198. nent and that component is part of a larger assembly you should replace the entire assembly Rev A Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Start Is the printer Yes message indicated No Go to Troubleshooting by printer message Abnormal operations which are not indicated by error codes No Yes Any problems on Yes image quality i Electrical Noise Secondary FIPs Go to Troubleshooting by Image Quality Figure 3 1 FIP Flowchart 75 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 2 Printer Message Table 3 4 Printer Message Message Classification The following lists the printer messages produced by this printer Finisher 533 Finisher Stacker Tray3 Lower Limit 541 Finisher Lower Safety Table 3 3 Printer Message 542 Finisher Stacker Lower Safety Message Classification 581 Finisher Eject Clamp When printer is powered on 582 Finisher Tamper Home Service Req effff Service call error 583 Finisher Stacker Offset ROM check Status 584 Finisher Stacker Tray ID RAM check Status 585 Finisher Stacker Upper Limit MCU version Up Error 586 Finisher Stacker Lower Limit Self Test Status 591 Finisher Stacker Head Reset All Status 592 Finisher Stacker Head Home Reset Status 593 Finisher Stapler Front Corner Job Cancel Stat
199. nk while you insert the end of the Feed Shaft into the opening in the rear of the printer frame 2 Slide the Bearing into the Bearing cutout refer to the figure on the previous page 3 When both the Bearing is in place and the end of the Feed Shaft is through the opening in the rear of the frame release the Stopper Link 4 The Nudger Shaft should rest on top of the Stopper Link and the Link should secure the Feeder Assembly in place on the frame 5 Make sure the Paper Level Actuator tab on the Feeder is positioned in the center of the arms of the Paper Level Sensor 6 Slide the Feed Bearing onto the Feed Shaft and press the Bearing into the cutout in the frame 7 Reinstall the Feed Gear onto the Feed Shaft and use an E ring to secure it to the Shaft 8 Reinstall Tray 2 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 2 Feed Clutch on page 141 9 Reinstall the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 137 10 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 11 Reinstall Tray 2 Rev A 143 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 20 Tray2 Take Away Roll Assembly 4 2 20 2 Installation 2 Reinstall the Center Bearing onto the Take Away Roll shaft and 4 2 20 1 Removal secure the shaft to the Support 1 Remove Tray 2 Retard Assembly Tray 2 Retard Assembly on 3 Reinstall the Gears and E rings to the rear of the Take Away Roll page 145 shaft
200. nn 83 Erratic ee EE 85 Inoperative Control Panel 86 Inoperative Main Drive Assembly AA 87 Inoperative Paper Feed Drive 89 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP Cartridge is out of toner 90 Inoperative Interlock Switch sese 90 Inoperative Offset 91 Image Quality FIPS eseeeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeene nennen nennen nnne 92 Light Undertoned Prints 93 Blank dn 95 Black Prints inc 5t rni Precio ed tede desch 96 Vertical Band Deletons canaria 98 Horizontal Band Deletions eseeeeene 99 Ve IR 100 Horizontal Gtreaks enne 101 Spot Deletions 2 2 eroe iaa 103 Ee 104 Residual Image or Ghosting ssssseee 106 Background Ne EEN ee ede de era eas 107 Skewed Image sse 109 Damaged Prints 110 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off suus 111 Image not Registered Correctly sssseese 111 Secondary FIPS iii ta 112 Disassembly and Assembly OVOIVIOW a cs cede ctas ege oua dua a nau a ute 115 Cautions before starting 115 ele EE 115 Notations in the Manual 115 Procedures for Disassembling eere 117 Euser Full COVEN cna it di EEN 120 Removal EE 120 EC UE e MEET 120 Top Cover Aesembly sse 121 Removals eie EE 121 la UE e Lu EE 121 Rear Cover Assembly sssssssssssseeeenee nenne 122 Removal idad eege ed er 122 Ee UE e LEE 122 gii
201. ns POWER SUPPLY AND ELECTRICAL COMPONENTS Before starting any service procedure turn off the printer and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet If you must service the printer with the power applied be aware of the potential for electrical shock and do all tasks by following the procedures in this manual Messe Do not touch any electrified component unless you are instructed to do so by service procedure MECHANICAL COMPONENTS LASER ASSEMBLY and unplug the power cord Then manually rotate the assembly The laser beam is a very powerful straight narrow If you service a driving assembly e g gears first turn off the power This printer uses a laser as part of the printing process LXX Do not try to manually rotate or stop the drive assemblies while the Main Motor is running beam of light that produces extreme heat at its focal point The laser beam in this printer is invisible Although you cannot see the beam it can still cause severe damage Direct eye exposure to the laser beam may cause eye injury or blindness Never place a mirror or a reflective tool or object in the laser beam path To avoid permanent eye damage follow these directions Before starting any service procedure switch off the printer power and unplug the power cord from the wall outlet Do not disassemble the ROS Assembly or any laser component that displays a Laser Warning Sticker Use caution when you are working ar
202. o indicated on the engine status sheet Error log memorizes 20 newest information 28 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 3 5 Engine Engine Status Sheet status sheet prints out the data at the engine side Usage condition of each following mechanism is indicated O Total Counter This shows the printed volume after the total counter clear is performed at the maintenance menu This total counter is different from the total print volume on the status sheet O Jam Counter Frequency of the Jam occurrence O ET Cartridge Toner Toner left quantity is indicated by 196 degree OPC Counter OPC is counted by minutes which is read from engine side by drum rotation time Cartridge Change This indicates how many times ET Cartridge is exchanged 1 is added when the new cartridge is detected L Fuser Rev A Fuser Counter This shows the printed volume after the Fuser Counter Clear is performed The condition to count is same as the total print volume Since the actual value is the difference between the previous value before the fuser is exchanged and the current total count value minus value may be indicated by the total counter clear Fuser change This indicates how many times the Fuser is exchanged and 1 is added when performing Fuser Counter Clear at the Maintenance Menu Input LC n Counter This indicates how many papers are fed from LC n n tray number after LCn Counter Clear is performed
203. o paper signal to the MCU PWB Actuat P Actuator No paper Sensor No paper Sensor SR1493X Figure 2 41 No Paper Sensor Rev A O Level 1 Sensor Monitors whether or not Tray 1 is installed Installing the Tray pushes the Link Stopper out which in turn lowers the Feed Roll and moves the Level 1 Sensor Actuator tab away from the Sensor window Tray out Link Stopper lt CSS Paper Level Sensor Paper Level Sensor Actuated Not Actuated Tray in Feed amp Nudger Rolls up Feed amp Nudger Rolls down Figure 2 42 Level 1 Sensor O MSI Size Sensor Monitors the size of paper that is loaded in the MSI 65 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O MSI No Paper Sensor Monitors the paper level in the MSI O MSI Feed Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the MSI Feed Rolls O Lift Up Motor 1 Raises the paper tray in Feeder 1 The MCU PWB switches on the Lift Motor The Motor rotates a square metal shaft that is located inside the Paper Tray The Shaft raises the Tongue which in turn raises the Bottom Plate and the paper stack up to the Feed Rolls Lift Motor Bottom Plate Plate Tongue Bottom Plate Tongue Shaft Assembly SR1494X Figure 2 43 Lift Up Motor 1 Rev A O O Take Away Roll Sensor Monitors the paper travel at the Take Away Roll Interlock Switches 1 and 2 Monitors the CRU position Switch 1 and Left Cover Interlock Switch 2
204. ods Fuser temperature sensors are connected to the AC Drive PWB The AC Drive PWB sends the temperature information to the MCU PWB High Voltage Power Supply Converts 24VDC received from the MCU PWB to several high voltages that are required by printer xerographics Toner Sensor Magnetic sensor that monitors the CRU toner level CRU Drum usage information that is stored in the CRU ROS The SOS Start of Scan Sensor the ROS Motor and the Laser Diode Main Motor Provides most of the mechanical drive for the printer Fuser Fan Cools the Fuser area Feed Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the Tray 1 Feed Rolls Registration Gate Clutch Transmits Main Motor drive to the Registration Rolls Fuser Exit Sensor Monitors paper travel out of the Fuser 63 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O Face Up Exit Sensor O Size Sensor 1 Monitors paper travel out of the Offset Unit Monitors the size of the paper that is loaded in Feeder 1 The Actuator Assembly located at the rear of the Paper Tray has series O Full Stack Sensor Monitors the paper level in the Output Tray of cams that face the Size Sensor PWB Pushing the Paper Guide against the paper stack slides the Actuator Assembly along a track O Exit Gate Solenoid When the Tray is inserted into the Feeder the cams on the Actuator Toggles the Exit Gate press the switches on the Size Sensor PWB in a pattern that is Ll Inverter CW Clutch unique to the position of t
205. of Rear Hook Bracket SSH2651F Figure 4 37 Removal of MSI Tray Support Rev A 151 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 6 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Link Gear to the idler shaft and slide the Gear along with the MSI Drive Gear Assembly off of the shaft Figure below SSH317F Figure 4 40 Removal of MSI Feed Clutch SSH316F Figure 4 39 Removal of MSI Link Gear 7 Remove the E ring securing the MSI Feed Clutch to the Feed Shaft and slide the Clutch off of the Feed Shaft Figure right Rev A 152 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 26 2 Installation 1 Position the MSI Feed Clutch with the gear facing out and slide the Clutch onto the Feed Shaft 2 Thread the Clutch wire harness through the cutout in the Support frame 3 Rotate the Clutch so the notch in the Clutch fits into the key in the Assembly Figure on the previous page 4 Use and E ring to secure the MSI Feed Clutch to the Feed Shaft 5 Reinstall the Link Spring onto the Rear Latch Figure on the previous page 6 Slide the MSI Link Gear along with the MSI Drive Gear Assembly onto the idler shaft 7 Use an E ring to secure the MSI Link Gear to the idler shaft 8 Reinstall the Rear Hook Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and use one screw to secure the Bracket 9 Reconnect J208 10 Reinstall the MSI Tray Support and use a screw to secure it to t
206. of the post card and the value is counted at the controller side 30 W Custom The printing volume of no fixed size and the value is counted at the controller side Since the frequently used paper size or troublesome paper size have priority GLG GLT and F4 are not counted It is the printing value by the requested size MCU It is machine controller version of the printer body and the value is red from the engine side Duplex It is machine controller version of the Duplex and the value is red from the engine side Mailbox It is machine controller version of the Mailbox and the value is red from the engine side Finisher It is machine controller version of the Finisher and the value is red from the engine side Error Log The newest 20 information about control panel message of the occured errors EJL status commands and total printing volume are recorded The indication order starts with the newest occurence The errors which will be recorded are Service Req Error which happened after On Line is indicated Jam Abnormal cassette size Toner cartridge ID error Toner cartridge R W error and MCU Version Up When error happens if the same number of the printing value occurs that error will not be recorded Rev A EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Table 1 33 Information Control and its Method Name of Count Clear Information Place Range Condition Co
207. oller P J402 MCU PWB 430 page 216 Laser Diode Driver ESS Mother PWB 454 page 218 MCU PWB P J606 CRU CRU Memory 456 page 218 MCU PWB P J106 SOS Sensor P J207 ROS Motor P J234 CRU Interlock P J407 Laser Diode Driver Location Other end connected P J Map Connected to to 207 page 216 Scanner Motor Assembly P J456 MCU PWB 208 page 217 MSI Feed Clutch P J403 MCU PWB 209 page 218 Offset Motor P J462 MCU PWB 210 page 218 Exit Gate Solenoid P J462 MCU PWB 218 page 218 Inverter CW Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 219 page 218 Inverter CCW Clutch P J462 MCU PWB 232 page 218 Interlock Switch 2 P J458 MCU PWB 233 page 218 Interlock Switch 1 P J458 MCU PWB 234 page 218 CRU Switch 1 and CRU P J407 Laser Diode Driver Switch 2 P J456 MCU PWB 235 page 220 LVPS Fan P J401 MCU PWB 240 page 219 Tray 2 Feed Clutch P J408 MCU PWB 241 page 219 Tray 2 Lift Up Motor P J408 MCU PWB 400 page 218 MCU PWB P J501 amp P502 LVPS 401 page 218 MCU PWB P J477 AC Drive P J235 Fuser Fan 402 page 218 MCU PWB P J422 ESS Mother PWB 403 page 218 MCU PWB P J107 MSI Size Sensor P J108 MSI No Paper Sensor P J208 MSI Feed Clutch 404 page 218 MCU PWB P J611 Duplex Module 405 page 218 MCU PWB P J612 Mailbox or P612 Finisher Rev A 214 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix Table 7 5 P J Location Table Table 7 6 P J Location Table Rev
208. on Feeder 1 Feed Clutch 2 Transmits Main Motor drive to the Tray 2 Feed Rolls No Paper Sensor 2 Monitors the paper level in Feeder 2 Functions identical to No Paper Sensor 1 Level 2 Sensor Monitors whether or not Tray 2 is installed Size Sensor 2 Monitors the size of the paper that is loaded in Feeder 2 Take Away Roll Sensor 2 Monitors the paper travel at the Take Away Roll 2 Lift Up Motor 2 Raises the paper tray in Feeder 2 Left Cover Interlock 2 Monitors the Left Cover Interlock Switch on Feeder 2 66 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 7 1 3 Function of the MCU during printer control O Processing input information Logic on the MCU compares the input information with the timing and reference values that are stored in ROM and NVRAM on the PWB O Input from sensors Sensors tell the MCU what is going on within the printer and what is happening to the sheet of paper during a print cycle B Example below The Fuser Thermistor monitors the temperature of the Fuser Heat Roll and sends the current temperature value to the AC Drive PWB The AC Drive PWB relays the temperature data to the MCU PWB The MCU compares the current temperature with the set or expected temperature that is stored in NVRAM on the MCU PWB If the current temperature is lower than the set temperature the MCU sends a signal to the AC Drive PWB to switch on the Fuser Heat Rod until the current temperature reaches the set temperature
209. on approved methods for adjustment CHECK MAINTENANCE Sol Provides preventive maintenance procedures and the lists of Epson approved lubricants and adhesives required for servicing the product Provides the following additional information for reference Connector pin assignments Electric circuit boards components layout Exploded diagram Electrical circuit boards schematics Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice or condition that if not strictly observed could result in injury or loss of life Indicates an operating or maintenance procedure practice or condition that if not strictly observed could result in damage to or destruction of equipment May indicate an operating or maintenance procedure practice or condition that is necessary to accomplish a task efficiently It may also provide additional information that is related to a specific subject or comment on the results achieved through a previous action Safety Information To prevent accidents during a maintenance procedure strictly observe the Warnings and Cautions Do not do anything that is dangerous or not within the scope of this document Do not do anything that is dangerous even if not specifically described in this manual In addition to the descriptions below and those given in this manual there are many situations and circumstances that are dangerous Be aware of these when you are working with the printer Safety Precautio
210. on the Feeder is positioned in the center of the arms of the Paper Level Sensor 6 Slide the Feed Bearing onto the Feed Shaft and press the Bearing into the cutout in the frame 7 Reinstall the Feed Gear onto the Feed Shaft and use an E ring to secure it to the Shaft 8 Reinstall Tray 1 Feed Clutch along with the Feed Gear and Bearing Tray 1 Feed Clutch on page 127 9 Reinstall the Front Chute Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies on page 137 10 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 11 Reinstall Tray 1 SSH466F Figure 4 20 Removal of Tray1 Feed Assembly Rev A 133 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 12 Support Assembly Spring 4 2 12 2 Installation See Retard and Take Away Tray 1 on page 242 1 Reinstall the Support Assembly Spring Refer to the figure for correct positioning 4 2 12 1 Removal 2 Make sure the front and rear arms of the Spring are positioned as 1 Remove Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 126 shown in the figure 3 Use one screw to secure the Spring to the frame 2 Remove the screw securing the Support Assembly Spring to the printer frame and remove the Spring 4 Reinstall Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 126 SSH468F Figure 4 21 Removal of Support Assembly Spring Rev A 134 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 13 Tray1 Retard Assembly See Retard and Take
211. on written in this section Special operation mentioned here are not opened to the users since the service man with professional knowledge should perform these operation O Hexadecimal Damp Received data is converted to hexadecimal ASCII then it is output It is effective for all interfaces B Operation Turn on the power pressing Form Feed switch W Cancel Perform Warm boot by pressing Reset Continue switch or turn the power off and on again O Initialization of EEPROM All values which are stored in the EEPROM at the controller side are initialized and returned back to the factory setting After this initialization the printer perform warm boot and goes back to the normal state Rev A Chapter 1 Product Description W Turn on the power pressing On line switch Continue switch and Menu switch Total Counter Tray Counter and Transfer Roller Counter which are recorded by the engine controller are not initialized However Page Counter which is recorded by the Video Controller C262 Main Controller is reset Initialization of the Panel Setting Value This function returns all the panel setting to the factory setting common environment I F environment After that the printer performs warm boot and returns to the normal state B Operation Turn on the power pressing Continue switch B All the values which can be set by the user are initialized Values which can be changed by th
212. one at a time until the damage problem disappears Are the paper path rolls free of contamination wear or damage No recommendations 5 EP CARTRIDGE INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 6 Table 3 56 Damaged Prints 1 Run a Grid Test Print and switch EP OFF printer power before the sheet of Cartridge paper reaches the Fuser m the Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 Open the Left Upper Cover p m 1 PAPER INSPECTION Replace Go to step 2 SR PAPAT a dea SATEN i with fresh reaches the Fuser Inspect the paper that is loaded in the i Feeder that is having the damage dry paper 6 FUSER INSPECTION Replacethe Clean or problem 1 Run another Grid Test Print and Fuser replace the Is the paper in the Feeder already switch OFF printer power when the Assembly Offset Exit wrinkled creased or torn print is halfway through the Fuser Assembly 2 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 3 Clear the si i Upper n Es Examine the paper areas before the Inspect the paper path between the paper path or feed tray Se ihe m tray for paper replace the sd Sie Ge SES scrap obstructions or broken printer broken Koo ee ae components component Is paper undamaged before it enters the Fuser but there is damage Ge ee there are visible as it exits the Fuser Rev A 110 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 14 Unfused Image or Image Easily Rubbed Off LIProblem The printed image is not fully fused to
213. ound the ROS Assembly or when you are performing laser related repair procedures Do not disassemble the printer in such a way that the laser beam can exit the printer engine during a print cycle Safety Components Make sure fuses interlock switches covers and panels are all functioning properly after you have reinstalled or replaced them Warning Caution Labels WARNING and CAUTION labels are stuck on dangerous parts in the printer to make you aware of the potential dangers that are present when you are working with those parts Rev A Revision Issued Date November 4 1998 Revision Status First Release Description EPSON EPL N4000 Table of Contents Product Description Mechanical Drive Component 35 Sator 2 Offset Motor 525 ertet ette tbc ite te dci ie 36 Ge SES Main Motor and Main Drive Assembly 36 s ien ss io ea T Lift Up Motor 1 and Lift Up Motor 2 37 EL Sec eg Gs Eer a EE E EE Ee 4 Motor Control cialis Lee trenta E EE 37 p 9 E ee ue E E A E EO 5 A ETET T A 38 Eier ES Ee v tion REEL 7 Paper Path Components nnns 39 SH Se GH Se 9 d Maintainabilit SE E P 8 Paper Feed Transport and Paper Eject Drive 41 E E pus SH meen STIS Ne NE ie Foes ieee tat E 10 Mechanical drive for paper fed from the MS 41 ES ety E mE SE E 1 Mechanical Drive fo
214. ower halfway LISUSPECT COMPONENTS through the print cycle The following components are 3 Open the Left Upper Cover associated with this specific problem 4 Open the Drum Shutter One or more of these components 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the may have failed partially or Main Drive Motor to advance the completely If you cannot isolate the Drum tar enough So you can see the a developed image area on the Drum problem using this FIP replace each before reached Transfer component listed below one at a Is the image on the drum com time until the problem disappears pletely clean without any notice able background toner HVPS Assembly e MCU PWB 3 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Replacethe Go to step 4 C262 Main Controller Board 1 Remove the Rear Cover BIN Assembly 2 Generate a Blank Test Print and switch OFF printer power halfway through the print cycle Table 3 51 Background Step Actions and Questions Yes No 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Open the Drum Shutter 1 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 2 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum far enough so you can see the developed image area on the Drum before it reached Transfer Before Transfer was the drum clean and without noticeable background toner but there was background visible on the paper after Transfer Install a new EP Cartridge solved Is the background gone
215. planation Paper Jam occurred at the indicated part If several parts are L1 MCU version up Error Not opened information indicated it means there are possibility of paper jam around that parts and does not mean the number of the jammed paper Since the engine of this printer does not detect the paper size error if the actually fed paper is longer or shorter than the appointed paper size at the printer size the printer considers W Explanation This error appears when there is no recognizable character lines of EPSON at the Machine Controller side at turning the power e this condition as Paper Jam m Remedy Only Continue switch is effective to cancel the error m Remedy Ke If the paper jam occurs at the cover open the indicated cover 1 Press Continue switch when you version up only MCU Machine and remove the jammed paper Then close that cover Controller After writing the fixed information of the engine which is If paper jam occurs at the paper tray or ENV tray remove the stored in the controller and recognizable character lines of EPSON jammed paper and remove all papers in the paper tray or ENV into the Machine Controller the printer warmboots automatically tray once and set them again In case of cassette pull out the The fixed information of the engine to write is the value which is red indicated cassette and remove the jammed paper and pull back from the Machine Controller and stored when the printer is t
216. port onto the Inverter Bracket making sure the Clutch shafts fit into the bearings in the Support Use four screws to secure the Drive Support to the Inverter Bracket Reinstall the Exit Drive Assembly Exit Drive Assembly on page 183 P J219 SSH498F Figure 4 76 Removal of Inverter Clutches 192 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 62 Main Drive Assembly See Main Drive Assembly on page 263 4 2 62 1 Removal Inner Cover 1 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 Do not attempt to remove the Main Drive Assembly without first removing the EP Cartridge 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Open the Left Upper Cover 4 Remove the Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly on page 201 5 Remove the screw securing the Inner Cover to the printer frame and remove the Inner Cover See Figure on your right P202 J201 J202 SSH322F Figure 4 77 Removal of Main Drive Assembly Rev A 193 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 9 Disconnect P J 462 from the MCU PWB 6 Disconnect J205 from the Main Motor PWB 10 Disconnect P J 202 J209 J600 and J601 7 Release the wire harness that is located just above the Main Motor 11 Remove the three screws securing the Harness Support to the Main PWB from the w
217. r Controller 150000 sheets When ejecting EEPROM paper Initialization Staple Controller 150000 times When executing EEPROM Initialization 996 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization 3096 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Over 3096 Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization A3 B Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization A4 LT Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization A5 HLT Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization B4 LGL Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization B5 EXE Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Envelope Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Post Card Controller 150000 pages When Printing EEPROM Initialization Rev A Table 1 35 Information Control and its Method Name of Information Place Range Count Condition Clear EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 1 Product Description Condition Custom Controller 150000 When printing EEPROM pages Initialization Error Code n Controller When error Panel happens EEPROM Initialization Error Page n Controller ERE When error Panel happens EEPROM Initialization Note Panel under the Clear Condition in the Table is in the setting item of the maintenance menu The count value at th
218. r Paper Fed from Tra en 42 Brom a E peci lca el SE t MN i CRK t ER KEE PE NEA 41 Mechanical Drive for Paper Fed from Tra 42 SC Ge ee un Ing E is ER S perio 41 Mechanical Drive for Registration esses 43 OS Ono NII A gradita Mechanical Drive for the Drum and BIR 43 A A A a 11 E Vibration Tol 41 Mechanical Drive for thetuser nana 44 Ext DIS sre weight EN A AET Ee 12 Mechanical Drive for Exit Drive 44 CHOC Ea SUUNTO Ee 13 Mechanical Drive for Offset 45 GE EEN 13 Paper Path Component Control 45 EEN 13 ROS Raster Output Scanner 46 Yi ot oe S d ification RE EE MIATA E APTE EE EE MCA 14 ROS GComponents eoe erepto itane inn oda nnno ron 46 Se e me Gen KEEN 14 Housed inside the ROS Assembly 46 B t K SC E uu ification CHECK iene EM 15 ROS Oporatiom e oere EE EREE AREA EEEREN 47 E lu ee e EE 48 EE 15 ee E 48 OPERATION EE 16 Print OI e TEE 50 Control Panel iso teet AEE core eie cos 16 eie EE 51 Panel Setting Mode AA 19 EXPOSU e EE 52 One Touch Setting Mode oooccccccnnncicinicccnconcnnnncccnnnrn nn narnnnncc 19 Develop giu de d T i tr E eli i sis 53 List of Setting Items ssssssssssssseeeenn 19 i ME EE EE ei AE E 54 Special Operation cian corre eee seed depen ede ded 26 Delta e e es EE 54 Maintenance Mode 28 FUSING oppeto iet onte Spot ny rx et ae beret eoe e doe Eres 55 Operati N MERI 28 Engine Status Sheet 29 ecu E E E E A E T EAE A EA dee ge AE 55 ats i i
219. rapped behind the tabs in the Bracket and that each Pinch Roll lines up with the corresponding cutout in the Bracket 4 Hook one end of each Holding Spring into a spring hole in one side of the Bracket 5 Bring the Springs over the Shaft and hook the other end of each Spring into the spring hole on the opposite side of the Bracket 6 Slide a Center Bearing under each Holding Spring as shown in the figure 7 Reinstall the Pinch Roll Bracket onto the Left Middle Cover as shown in the figure 8 Reinstall the Left Middle Cover onto the printer frame 9 Use four screws to secure the Left Middle Cover to the printer frame 10 Reinstall the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 148 Rev A 161 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 34 Left Lower Cover Assembly 4 2 34 2 Installation See Tray 2 Frame and Left Cover on page 252 1 Reinstall the Front Hinge onto the pivot post on right side of the Left Lower Cover 4 2 34 1 Removal 2 Reinstall the Left Lower Cover by first sliding the left pivot post into 1 Open the Left Lower Cover the Rear Hinge 2 Remove the screw securing the Front Hinge to the printer frame 3 Use one screw to secure the Front Hinge to the printer frame 3 Pull the Left Lower Cover away from the printer frame 4 Close the Left Lower Cover SSH478F Figure 4 49 Removal of Left Lower Cover Assembly Rev A 162 EPSON EPL N400
220. ray 1 Lift Up Motor 4 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 4 Remove the three long screws securing the Motor to the printer frame 5 Slide Tray 1 into the printer 5 Slide the Motor out to remove it SSH307F Figure 4 14 Removal of Tray 1 Lift Up Motor Rev A 126 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 8 Tray 1 Feed Clutch See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 240 4 2 8 1 Removal 1 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Open the Duplex Unit Open the Left Upper Cover Disconnect J202 from the Tray 1 Feed Clutch Remove the E ring that is securing the Feed Clutch to the shaft Slide the Feed Clutch away from the printer frame then rotate the Clutch until you have enough clearance from the Support Spring to slide the Clutch completely off of the shaft SSH308F Figure 4 15 Removal of Tray 1 Feed Clutch Rev A 4 2 8 2 Installation 1 2 Position the Feed Clutch over the end of the Feed Shaft Reposition the Feed Clutch so it fits the key notch on the shaft and you can feel the Clutch slide onto the shaft and press the Clutch onto the shaft until the Clutch P J clears the Support Spring Rotate the Clutch until the slot in the Clutch lines up with the key on the frame Press the Clutch onto the shaft until it stops and make sure the key on the frame is in the slot in the Clutch Use an
221. rd W Program 6MB mounted on the Flash ROM DIMM board as 4MB 2MB Main program and PS EPSON EPL N4000 W Expansion ROM 1 ROM DIMM slot C version code and fonts or Local Font or Flash DIMM can be used O Host Interfaces W Standard Parallel IEEE 1284 compliant bidirectional B type connector Compatibility Nibble ECP Ethernet 100 BaseTX B Option Type B slot 1 slot O Control Panel B Switch 8 switches B LED 6 LEDs B LCD 20 character LCD O HDD option IDE type 2GB TBD Dedicated format for EPL N4000 Required when finisher option is used Can only be used with software version 2 O Miscellaneous Mechanical control function not built in Rev A mp High Capacity MP High Capacity Tray Feeder Tra Feeder ci c2 cs oa CS jor C2 y 26 24 25 Chapter 1 Product Description 1 2 2 Engine Specification O Printing Method Electro photographic printing utilizing semiconductor laser beam scan and single component magnetic toner O Resolution 600 dpi O Printing Speed Table 1 2 Printing Speed PPM One Side Printing Duplex Printing A4 40 38 32 38 37 35 28 28 27 Le 16 A3 20 20 19 20 14 14 13 13 pd 12 LT 40 37 31 37 36 35 28 28 27 26 24 22 L 16 Note a is for custom size unfixed form b High large Capacity Feeder is optional c L means long edge first setting d P means short e
222. re it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor 7 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor Rev A 138 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 16 Tray1 8 Tray 2 No Paper Sensors 8 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 240 and Tray Interface Tray 2 9 Reinstall the Paper Tray on page 243 Use this procedure for removing and reassembling the No Paper Sensors for Trays 1 and 2 4 2 16 1 Removal 1 Remove the Paper Tray associated with the No Paper Sensor you are going to remove 2 Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the No Paper Sensor from the frame 3 Disconnect the P J from the Sensor 4 2 16 2 Installation 1 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor 2 Push the No Paper Actuator up and out of the way 4102 Tray1 NU o 3 Position the Sensor with the arms of the Sensor facing the Actuator a RE NEM 4 Reinstall the No Paper Sensor into the slot in the frame by first inserting the front latch of the Sensor through the front opening in the frame SSH462F 5 Press in on the rear latch and inserting it into the rear opening Figure 4 25 Removal of No Paper Sensor 6 Release the rear latch and the Sensor snaps into place 7 Release the Actuator and make sure it moves freely between the arms of the Sensor Rev A 139 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 17 Tray 1 8 Tray 2 Paper Size Sensors See Tray
223. re the wire to the Assembly Secure the wire harness at the top of the Main Drive Assembly to the wire clip that is located just above the Main Motor Reconnect J205 to the Main Motor PWB Reinstall the Inner Cover and use one screw to secure the Cover to the printer frame Reinstall the Left Cover Interlock Switch Left Cover Interlock Switch Assembly on page 201 Reinstall the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Reinstall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 195 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 63 Main Power Switch 4 2 63 2 Installation See Power Inlet and LVPS on page 265 1 Slide the Main Switch into the opening in the top of the Main Switch Bracket It snaps into place 4 2 63 1 Removal 2 Reconnect the four wires to the Switch Follow the illustration below when reconnecting the wires The illustration represents the 1 Remove the Top Cover Assembly Top Cover Assembly on i underside of the Main Switch Bracket and Main Switch page 121 2 Remove the screw securing the Main Switch Bracket to the Power Supply Assembly FS1 Black FS3 White 3 Pull the Bracket and Switch up and away from the Power Supply 4 Disconnect the four wires from the Switch 5 Squeeze the two clips on the underside of the Switch while you slide the Switch out the top of the Bracket E gt A FS2 Black FS4 White
224. right toward the MSI Tray Spring 3 Hold the Side Guide in place while you press the two holes in the Size Sensor onto the two latch tabs Press hard enough so the Size Sensor locks into place 4 Make sure the spring loaded arm of the Sensor is under the molded track 5 Slide the Sensor Assembly to the left to make sure it moves smoothly and the spring loaded arm lowers as you move the Sensor to the left and raises when you move the Sensor to the right 6 Route the Sensor wire harness along the molded channel and through the cutout on the right side of the Upper Cover 7 Reconnect J107 8 Reinstall the MSI Tray with the arrow side facing down 9 Slide the three tabs on the upper edge of the Lower Cover into the three cutouts in Upper Cover and press the Lower Cover onto the Upper Cover Rev A 150 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 26 MSI Feed Clutch 4 Disconnect the J208 running to the MSI Feed Clutch See Upper Feeder Assembly on page 249 5 Remove the screw securing the Rear Hook Bracket to the Feeder Assembly and remove the Bracket Figure below 4 2 26 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Tray Assembly MSI Tray Assembly on page 146 2 Remove MSI Top Cover 3 Remove the screw securing the MSI Tray Support PL4 1 9 to the Feeder Assembly and pull the Support away from the Assembly Figure below SSH315F P107 MSI Tray Support P208 Figure 4 38 Removal
225. rit i B hi E i Audi mia Er XD3 z D T 00 n Wm n t E 7 H D i e D i P pup D i m E qu T BN i T j TNI D HN mn dm i BESA be g i uj Wm es i j AN mom y EE q Do A Ds s amp D E II la d gt rm in mof D bog n 0 m d III SUE DE al 2 E i n BEL wm E y l imt H 1 Ou i di 0 d Y L 2 E En i U d J dul i 7 H n 20 iine a from EE d e MUS E amd d icto MN dr H d DU db b E a02 Figure 7 24 C262 Main Component Layout Soldered side Rev A 234 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 Parts List 7 3 1 Top Cover Assembly Table 7 21 Parts Name for Top Cover Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 COVER ASSEMBLY with 2 3 2 TOP COVER 3 LABEL SWITCH 4 CONSOLE PANEL 5 S 6 COVER ESS set 7 STOPPER 8 FAN ASSEMBLY FUSER 9 COVER FUSER FULL V 1 with 2 3 SER501FC Figure 7 25 Top Cover Assembly Rev A 235 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 2 Front Cover Table 7 22 Parts Name for Front Cover No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 COVER ASSEMBLY 2 SPRING TORSION 3 COVER F R 4 PLATE MAGNET 5 DOCT BOTTOM 6 gt 7 aoe 8 STUDIO DOCKING 9 SPRING EME FRONT 10 BRACKET DOCKING LEFT 11 12 BRACKET DOCKING REAR 99 KIT TRAY2 MOUNTING 8 10 12 W 99 8 10 12 SER502XB Figure 7 26 Front Cover Rev A 236
226. rol Unit MCU PWB Takes the 24VDC and 5VDC generated by the LVPS and distributes them to the various components through out the printer including 24VDC to the High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Interlock Switches SW1 and SW2 Used as a safety measure The main interlock circuit for this printer is actually two separated switches wired in series with the MCU PWB When the EP Cartridge is in place Interlock Switch SW1 is closed When the Left Front Cover is closed Interlock Switch SW2 is closed With both switches closed the circuit is complete and the MCU PWB sends 24VDC to the HVPS and other printer components Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles If either SW1 is open the EP Cartridge removed or SW2 is open the Left Front Cover is open the MCU PWB cuts all 24VDC output from the MCU PWB A N Even though the interlock switches cut the 24VDC output from the MCU PWB 24VDC output from the f LVPS is still present throughout the printer as well as 110VAC line voltage along the AC paths in the printer O High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Takes the 24VDC received from the MCU PWB and converts it to the high voltages that are required by the printer xerographic components W The HVPS contains overcurrent protection circuits If an excessive current begins to flow through any of the xerographic components the HVPS immediately shuts down all high voltage output To reset the HVPS after an overcurrent shutdown switch off the
227. ror Sheet Printing 1121 RAM checksum error bit 8 15 program Service req errors by CPU reset will be printed It can be useful for 1122 RAM checksum error bit 16 23 program analyzing errors 1123 ROM checksum error bit 24 31 program a Operation 1170 Option FONT ROM Checksum After resetting CPU press Enter switch twice 1180 Option FONT ROM Module A Checksum Error 1181 Option FONT ROM Module B Checksume Error 1185 No support ROM Module 1190 Cannot access Cartridge 1200 EEPROM Write Error 1210 EEPROM write counter overflow 1400 Engine Initialization fault 1700 Network Hardware Error 1999 Other hardware errors 2000 Software Error Rev A 82 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 Printer Performance Problems not indicated by Error Codes Before entering the error analysis check following points 1 Is the printer plugged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Is the printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity are moderate and stable 7 Is the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is t
228. rotation is reversed and the Offset and Exit Roll drives the paper into the Duplex Module Exit Roll Offset Unit To Duplex Unit d O T i Offset Roll 0000 Output Toy 8 eg ls y EP Cartridge Lef Uppa Ao Der Cove Pinch Roll ____ Registration Roll Feed Roll Tray 1 Feed 4 Nudger Roll MSI Feed EE Pinch Roll N N Feed Roll N Retard Roll Nudger Roll s M E Take Away Roll Feed Roll Tray 2 Feed O Nudger Roll Q Figure 2 6 Paper Path 38 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 1 Paper Path Components The Paper Path is made up of a number of major components and subcomponents O O Tray Assembly Holds plain paper of various sizes Slides into the Feeder Feeder 1 and Feeder 2 Framework that is attached under the printer A Tray Assembly slides into the Feeder The Feeder includes a number of paper feed components B Lift Up Motor raises the Tray Bottom Plate so the paper contacts the Feed Roll No Paper Sensor monitors the level of paper in the Tray Paper Size Sensor monitors the size of paper in the Tray Feed Clutch transmits drive to the Feed Roll and Nudger Roll Nudger Roll drives the top sheet of paper into the Feed Roll Feed Roll drives the top sheet of paper out of the Tray Retard Roll prevents multiple sheet feed Take Away Roll and Pinch Roll continue to drive the sheet of paper out of Tray 2 and toward the Registration
229. rt it should have directed you to this section Follow the FIP Flowchart located at the end of this section to analyze your printer problem 3 1 2 1 How to use the FIP Flowchart 1 Ifthe LCD displays an error code go to the ERROR CODE box 2 If you have a printer operation problem go to the PRINTER PERFORMANCE box 3 If you have an print image problem go to the IMAGE QUALITY box 4 Follow the arrow leading from your problem box to the individual Primary FIP Fault Isolation Procedure that corresponds to your error code printer operation problem or print image problem 5 Follow the instructions presented in the FIP 6 Voltage and resistance values presented in the FIPs are an approximation Actual readings may vary from the stated values 7 Primary FIPs may direct you to a Secondary FIP In the FIP Flowchart the relationship between Primary and Secondary FIPs is represented with dotted lines 73 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 1 2 2 How to follow a FIP 1 Each numbered step in a FIP instructs you to perform a certain action or procedure 2 The action box may contain additional information and numbered substeps you must follow to perform the action 3 The action is followed by a question 4 If your response to the question is Yes then follow the instructions for a Yes reply 5 If your response to the question is No then follow the instructions for a No reply 6 FIPs often as
230. s connected to the AC Driver PWB send Fuser status information to the Driver PWB which the PWB routes to the MCU PWB The MCU processes the information and sends commands back to the AC Driver PWB to tell the AC Driver whether or not to switch on the Fuser Heat Rods The Low Voltage Power Supply PWB or LVPS converts the 110VAC to regulated 24VDC and 5VDC voltages The LVPS sends these voltages to the MCU PWB The MCU uses the voltages for internal processing and for printer component operation The MCU also sends 24VDC to the High Voltage Power Supply PWB The High Voltage Power Supply PWB or HVPS converts the 24VDC received from the MCU PWB to the high voltages that are required by the xerographic system of the printer The HVPS produces Rev A Chapter 2 Operating Principles the Charge CR Transfer TR Developer Bias DB and Detack DTS voltages and sends them on to the EP Cartridge and to the Bias Transfer Roll BTR MCU PWB High Voltage Power Supply CR TR EP Cartridge amp BTR 24VDC DB Low Voltage Solenoids Power Supply 24VDC 24VDC q Soleno 5VDC Main Power Switch 5VDC 9 110VAC Ki 110VAC a 110VAC AC Driver 110VAC 110VAC Figure 2 36 Power Supply Circuit 2 6 2 Power Supply Components This printer is made up of five main components and a number of subcomponents L1 Noise Filter PWB Smooths and removes any flu
231. s me Registration Clutch Feed Clutch 2 Fuser Drive Gear gt gt d MSI Feed Clutch gt gt Drum Drive BTR Gear Inverter CW Clutch Offset Motor Exit Drive Inverter CCW Clutch HAM Exit Roll Gear Main Drive Assembly Lift Up Motor 1 Genera tes meci hanical l Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 1 energy ER Lift Up Motor 2 Lift Up Motor 2 Generates mechanical Tray 2 energy Offset Motor Generates mecha nical Offset Roller Bracket sr1314 Sr1345x Figure 2 1 Mechanical Drive i Figure 2 2 Mechanical Drive Major Component Rev A 35 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 1 2 1 Offset Motor In Offset printed papers are ejected into either rear side or front side Offset Motor generates the driving power for Offset page eject Also printed papers can be divided by the number of distribution MCU switches the Offset Motor on and off during the offset paper eject 1 When MCU Machine Control Unit turns on Offset Motor the Offset Motor drives the Bracket toward the front of the printer pushing the Offset Roll along with it 2 When the Bracket reaches the end of travel MCU stops Offset Motor 3 The MCU again switches on the Offset Motor which drives the Bracket toward the rear of the printer carrying the Offset Roll along with it 4 When the Bracket reaches the end of travel
232. s ner TUM 123 REMOVAL sesso tte terque Ra Te E RU eret a antes anti LEER BER rv UTOR 123 Installation EE 123 Control Patel s ined dicem coord E A T E AT 124 Removal sed vede ted vet o deese pe ene da eun 124 E UE e M BET 124 Rear Cover T TM ici eti pedi du Cr T etre dos Cas ded da 125 Hemoval NEE 125 Installation EE 125 Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 126 Removal sixties ete ce e utere EE 126 IristallatlO EE 126 Tray Feed Clutch ei ae tuse c eee eta 127 Removal EE 127 Installation yd d opea he pte 127 Feed Nudger and Retard Rolls ooooooccnniniccccconcccnocccananannnccnnons 128 A d FU NIRE gege EEN 128 EE UE Le e WEE 128 Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly eese 129 Removal ete IRE tete ern eerie dee edu med 129 Installation WEE 130 Tray 1 Feeder Assembly essere 132 Hemoval aida atada nates 132 Installation E 133 Support Assembly Spring sse 134 greisten ee oat iere Dee ce See Su 134 Installation e ee Ende E 134 Tray1 Retard Assembly A 135 Removal tette Her tte tetra mee tis ot 135 Installations Suse iei ER EE tare Rs a tree 135 Tray 1 amp 2 Front Chute Assemblies oooooccccnnococccnocooooncnnononanonncnnnnnos 137 removal testo tdeo ree std se 137 fe UE Le MEET 137 Tray 1 amp Tray 2 Level Sensors sse 138 Removal visi Ponte re rex TRO ets 138 Instalan BEER 138 Tray1 8 Tray 2 No Paper Gensors ocococccconocccconncnononcncnnncnanan
233. sembly Switch See See Chapter Is there 110VAC between J20 1 and Hope 4 4 J20 3 8 OPTION ISOLATION Replacethe Goto Suspect Remove all options such as the Duplex OPtions one Components Unit or the High Capacity Feeder from PY one until the base printer the printer becomes inoperative again Go to the Technical Manual of the problem option and Do the Control Panel LEDs light up troubleshoo and does the printer go into warm t for up possible electrical short 84 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 2 Erratic Operation The printer has a variety of intermittent problems but generally does not complete a print cycle The problems are generally not identified by displayed Error Codes Step Table 3 13 Erratic Operation Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears Printer options Yes Table 3 14 Erratic Operation Does the printer frequently fail to enter printer warm up or is the Control Panel frequently inoperative Go to Inoperative Printer Go to Stpe2 LVPS 5VDC UNDER LOAD CHECK 1 Remove the Rear Cover 2 Generate 50 Grid Test Patterns 3 While the printing is gener
234. side Multi This indicates how many papers are ejected to Mialbox Multibin after MB Counter Clear is performed at maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side Finisher This indicates how many papers are ejected to Finisher after performing Fin Counter Clear at the maintenance menu This value is counted at the controller side Staple This indicates how many times staple after performing Staple Counter Clear at the maintenance menu O Print 996 The printing volume whose printing occupancy is less than 3 and the value is counted at the controller side Rev A 3096 The printing volume whose printing occupancy duty exceeds 3 and the value is counted at the controller side Over 3096 The printing volume whose printing occupancy duty exceeds 3 and the value is counted at the controller side A3 B The printing volume of A3 or B size and the value is counted at the controller side A4 LT The printing volume of A4 or LT size and the value is counted at the controller side A5 HLT The printing volume of A5 or HLT size and the value is counted at the controller side B4 LGL The printing volume of B4 or LGL size and the value is counted at the controller side B5 EXE The printing volume of B5 or EXE size and the value is counted at the controller side Envelope The printing volume of MON C10 DL or C5 size and the value is counted at the controller side Post Card The printing volume
235. skewed Table 3 54 Skewed Image Step Actions and Questions Yes No 1 PAPER FEED INSPECTION Go to step 2 Reload the paper and Are the paper cassettes installed h reinstall the correctly and is the paper correctly DEE loaded into each cassette i 2 PAPER PATH INSPECTION Go to step 3 Remove obstructions Inspect the paper path between the feed tray and the exit tray for contamination or obstructions or contamination from the paper path Is the paper path free of obstructions Rev A 109 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 13 Damaged Prints Table 3 57 Damaged Image OProblem y The printed page comes out of the Step Actions and Questions Yes No printer either wrinkled creased or 3 PAPER FEED INSPECTION Goto Pip Gotostep4 form Run a Grid Test Print and switch OFF Skewed UOSUSPECT COMPONENTS printer power halfway through the print Mage e cycle His GC Ge ida Open the Left Upper Cover associated with this specific isthe paper fed crooked problem One or more of these components may have failed 4 ON PATH ROLLS INSPEC Go to step 5 Replace any damaged or partially or completely If you cannot as sto aei won rolls Xx nspect all of the rolls along the paper isolate the problem using this FIP path between the feed tray and the exit replace each component listed tray for contamination wear or below
236. slightly with cold water Do not use solvents or chemical cleaners to clean the printer interior Do not use any type of oil or lubricant on printer parts 6 Clean all rubber rollers with a lint free cloth that is dampened slightly with cold water Use a clean dry lint free cloth to dry the rollers 7 Clean the ROS window with a soft dry lint free cloth 8 Use canned air to clean the BTR Do not touch the BTR with your fingers Do not use a brush or damp cloth to clean the BTR 9 While you are cleaning inspect the interior of the printer for damaged wires loose connections toner leakage and worn or damaged parts 10 If the EP Cartridge appears excessively dirty or obviously damaged replace it with a new one OND 72 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Block Table 3 2 Service Flowchart Cont Procedure Find the cause of the problem Use the FIP Flowchart to find the cause of the problem Use Diagnostic Mode to check printer components Use the Wiring Diagrams to locate P Js and test points Take voltage readings at various test points Correct the problem Use the Disassembly and Assembly procedures RRPs to replace a part Use the Parts List to locate a part inventory number Final Checkout Test the printer to be sure you corrected the initial problem and there are no additional problems present Rev A 3 1 2 FIP Flowchart If you used the Service Flowcha
237. ssembly Rev A 91 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 Image Quality FIPs 14 Have consumables such as the EP Cartridge been replaced at the recommended interval The FIP Flowchart or a Primary FIP should have directed you to this section Before entering the Image Quality FIPs 1 Is the printer plugged into a recommended AC wall outlet 2 Is the AC power provided at the wall outlet within recommended specifications 3 Is the AC power cord connected to the printer 4 Is the AC power cord in good condition not frayed or broken 5 Is the printer properly grounded through the AC wall outlet 6 Isthe printer located in an area where the temperature and humidity are moderate and stable 7 ls the printer located in an area that is free of dust 8 Is the printer located in an area away from water outlets steamers electric heaters volatile gases or open flames 9 Is the printer shielded from the direct rays of the sun 10 Does the printer have recommended space around all sides for proper ventilation 11 Is the printer sitting on a level and stable surface 12 Is recommended paper stock being used in the printer 13 Does the customer use the printer as instructed in the User Manual Rev A 92 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 1 Light Undertoned Prints Table 3 28 Light Prints OProblem S Act d f Y The overall image densit
238. t 2 7 STONI NWA TTX 3 3 SCOR RWATX BEA q BREE ST SST 5 A svsania4T pd sanie ETE el m ESTE SS IE ols ade EEN G 2 ntiz Ba EIE E a E Da ago E E RZ sueldo En 12 19 2240 SE E niet Bto E AD EE 2 pea S11 e SysaolacT g GNO Oleal ata FLiA Sysanlel Y plasi 818 ii Seel allom 3 ER ai ha niesi ata NEMS1R10 SEH ase Fuk SERE al Au 21781 t ut y Ze Hal SBMA a pa Z e prm E Euge E EE E po bou BRL EE ENE E g geb c sei Addc Fm E E 151 829 ERE em sv ASI SIS t Svan S A MES A EH i 5135 EIL IS EISEN adt Saan T onus oon mes EE n ica EH rr Em ER S74 ABTG A See BEER gi 1 ES BESSERES le iss BEER i EET G ER Svea 8i EET 18 EE SS ES 15 BEES 0 10 Suelos 8 ened q tk m EEN pe AN E Ga Sach 5 SYSAD W VV We Ki mom bad ETUR GND GND GND Aug Zi 3 3V 3V3 3V3 3V 3 33 3V 3V3 3V SS Si SEN Pattern only a8 j s ENS a 3 z a N3 Eun HL B Lol gt ENS Sysco la y d eu EEEN EEN B EE ETEENI SE GND E STON RESETX 38833 3 END i ND EN RE END 1 Eg BND GND m GND END ND ND ND ND ND SA ND ND ND ND ND ND ND ND eNO D END END GND END O AA END NT 2 o 8 8 8 8 8 13934 33 CESAR EN s Bonisterse lu BUM4 1612156 HN caog cat 3 cs oop 6 iu 10009 G00p e sM t Gm ER 43337333403 qaqa ad aaa a dy OW a a 4 daa E E E EEEEE B50 ppp A m ure 3 y 8 B cb Ws F
239. t 8 12 to actuate Tray 1 Feed Clutch Does the Feed Clutch actuate and do the Feed Rolls rotate Go to step 5 Replace the Tray 1 Feed Clutch Step Actions and Questions Yes No 4 MSI FEED CLUTCH TEST Go to step 5 Replace the MSI Feed Does the MSI Feed Clutch actuate Clutch and do the MSI Feed Rolls rotate 5 TEST PRINT STRESS TEST Go to step 6 Treat as an 1 Generate 100 to 200 Grid Test intermittent Patterns 2 Carefully observe the Main Drive Assembly and Feed Clutches as the test runs Does the test suddenly stop without any visible paper jam and without any Error Code displayed 6 NO PAPER SENSOR REPLACE Replacethe Goto Suspect MENT MCU PWB Components 1 Replace the No Paper Sensor in the paper tray used in step 5 2 Generate 100 to 200 Grid Test Patterns 3 Carefully observe the Main Drive Assembly and Feed Clutches as the test runs Does the test suddenly stop without any visible paper jam and without any Error Code displayed Rev A 89 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 3 6 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP Cartridge is out of toner The Control Panel LCD does not display the code J1 2 when the EP Cartridge is out of toner Table 3 23 J1 2 is not displayed when the EP cartridge is out Step Actions and Questions SUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may hav
240. t Print After Duples Test Print is added to the next item of status on the test menu of the panel setting this duplex test print will be able to execute Pressing Enter switch Item switch and Enter switch can also execute this function This function is not indicated when the duples unit is not installed Paper size and print environment are processed in the same way as printing the status sheet B Operation Turn the power on pressing On line switch Alt switch and Item switch Rev A 27 EPSON EPL N4000 1 3 4 Maintenance Mode Maintenance menu is added to the setting menu then the printer performs warm boot and enable to execute the maintenance menu See Table 1 24 Printer Setting on page 19 1 3 4 1 Operation Turn the power on pressing On Line switch Form Feed and Continue switches In the maintenance mode since the service require error is ignored make sure that there is no error signs when you need to print out something such as Engine status sheet O Toner Counter Clear This function is executed when Total Counter needs to be 0 Since the total print volume which is indicated on the status sheet and control panel is independent it never becomes 0 O Fuser Counter This function is performed when the toner is exchanged Fuser Counter on the engine status sheet becomes 0 and 1 is added when the fuser is exchanged O LC1 5 Counter Clear This function is performed when each Feed Rol
241. t at Block 1 to identify the problem After you have identified the problem return to the Service Flowchart and proceed to Block 2 where you inspect and clean the printer a through cleaning frequently solves many printer problems You continue down the Flowchart in this manner always returning to the next block in the Service Flowchart after you have completed the tasks outlined in the current block If you choose not to use the Service Flowchart we recommend that you start at the appropriate Fault Isolation Procedure FIP Flowchart and proceed from there In many cases merely replacing the Print Cartridge with a new one could solve the printer problem Rev A Table 3 1 Service Flowchart Block Procedure 1 Identify the problem Vertify that the reported problem does exit Check for any error codes or messages Print three test prints Make note of any print quality problems in the test prints Make note of any mechanical or electrical abnormalities present Make note of any unusual noise or smell coming from the printer oar Go M Inspect and Clean the printer Switch Off printer power Disconnect the AC power cord from the wall outlet Remove the EP Cartridge and shield it from strong light Inspect the printer interior and remove any foreign matter such as paper clips staples pieces of paper paper dust or toner 5 Clean the printer interior with a lint free cloth dampered
242. t itf tbe i miu EE 189 Instala 3 irit ter et e as beet en deed 189 Exit Roll Assembly rite etie trenes 190 Removals ii tti De ec eda Doa im 190 Installation EE 190 FulliStackcSensot 1 ite eek rue Pe enean E e animu eat tuus 191 Rue VC EE 191 Installation 191 Inverter Clutches sess nnne 192 Rermioval ET 192 a UE e LEE 192 Main Drive Assembly oo eter 193 Removal EE 193 E te NEE 195 Signal Information 221 Main Power Switch AA 196 Board Component Layout eeeseeeeeeee ennt ennt 233 Removal itte re Dee ep eR 196 C262 Main Board Component sss 233 Installation see eR El 196 Parts List iain ase eerie 235 Low Voltage Power Supply LVPS Assembly 197 Top Cover Aesembly ono nonnnn cnc narran cnn 235 Removal p c 197 Front LOVE Aa 236 instalation cuina a dais 197 Rear Left and Right Cover 237 AG Driver PWB iie eme tee le vr E a e ee 198 Tray Unit Paper Graach 238 ele M 198 Tray Unit End Guide e ce eet trenes 239 Installation 198 Tray Interface Tray ANEN 240 High Voltage Power Supply HVPS Assembly 199 Paper Pick Up Tray Muscari 241 RHemoval ssec tbe nae en e MR DER 199 Retard and Take Away Tray 1 242 Installation 2 2 tee rte rh ect eter tette tempe ie 199 Tray Interfaces Tray 2 ees gier e nee tele deitas 243 Nose LEET 200 Paper Pick Up Tray EE 244 Removal dci ted dati 200 Ret
243. tall the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 11 Reinstall the Fuser Assembly Fuser Assembly on page 179 Rev A 181 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 51 Offset Exit Assembly 6 Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 See Exit Lower Chute on page 259 and Exit Upper Chute Assembly on page 261 7 Reinstall the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 4 2 51 1 Removal 1 Remove the Fuser Full Cover Fuser Full Cover on page 120 2 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Open the Duplex Unit 4 Open the Upper Left Cover 5 Remove J104 J209 J601 and J602 from the Offset Unit Assembly 6 Remove the three screws one screw at the front of the Assembly next to the solenoid and two screws at the rear of the Assembly securing the Offset Unit to the printer frame 7 Liftthe Offset Unit up and off of the printer frame 4 2 51 2 Installation ins 3 1 Open the Duplex Unit bech 2 Open the Upper Left Cover J209 A S N D i 3 Reinstall the Offset Unit onto the printer frame CS A 4 Use three screws one screw at the front of the Assembly next to J601 va the solenoid and two screws at the rear of the Assembly to secure the Offset Unit to the printer frame SSES 5 Reconnect J104 J209 J601 and J602 to the O
244. te into the opening on the frame Rev A 128 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 10 Tray1 Take Away Roll Assembly See Retard and Take Away Tray 2 on page 245 4 2 10 1 Removal 1 Remove the Duplex Unit if one is installed 2 Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 3 Remove Tray 1 and Tray 2 4 Remove the Left Upper Cover Assembly Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 167 5 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 6 Remove the MSI Support Assembly MSI Support Assembly on page 148 7 Remove the retaining clip from the docking stud that is located at the lower right of the Tray and remove the stud 8 Remove the screw securing the docking clip to Tray 2 and remove the clip 9 Disconnect P403 P404 P406 and P408 from the MCU PWB 10 Remove the screw securing the Option Connector Bracket the frame and remove the Bracket 11 Remove the screw securing the retaining clip that is located under the Option Connector Bracket and remove the clip Figure on your right Rev A 12 Remove Tray 1 Lift Motor Tray 1 Lift Up Motor on page 126 sl c 2 Ys E ei x 4404 Dw J406 r SSH418F Figure 4 17 Removal of Bracket The following steps has you lift the printer The printer is very heavy and requires two people to lift it Do not attempt to lift th
245. te into the opening on the frame 1 Remove either Paper Tray 1 or Paper Tray 2 3 Reinstall the Paper Tray 2 Use a flat blade screwdriver to unhook the front of the Chute and remove the Chute SSH464F Figure 4 23 Removal of Front Chute Rev A 137 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 15 Tray 1 amp Tray 2 Level Sensors 8 Reinstall the Paper Tray See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 240 and Tray Interface Tray 2 on page 243 m Use this procedure for removing and replacing the Paper Level Sensors for Trays 1 and 2 4 2 15 1 Removal 1 Remove the Paper Tray associated with the Paper Level Sensor you are going to remove 2 Squeeze the Sensor latches and remove the Paper Level Sensor from the frame 3 Disconnect the P J from the Sensor ups u x 1 Reconnect the P J to the Sensor gt i E D ITS 2 Position the Sensor with the arms of the Sensor facing the Feed cke 4 2 15 2 Installation Assembly Actuator SP ON es cM 3 Reinstall the Paper Level Sensor into the slot in the frame by first E inserting the front latch of the Sensor through the front opening in J100 Tray1 the frame J141 Tray2 4 Press in on the rear latch and inserting it into the rear opening SSH463F 5 Release the rear latch and the Sensor snaps into place Figure 4 24 Removal of Level Sensor 6 Release the Actuator and make su
246. tep 4 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Gotostep 5 Problem Replace the EP Cartridge solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 5 MAIN SWITCH REPLACEMENT Go to step 6 Problem Replace the Main Power Switch solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present Step Actions and Questions Yes No 6 HVPS REPLACEMENT Go to step 7 Problem Replace the HVPS Assembly solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 7 AC DRIVER REPLACEMENT Go to step 8 Problem Replace the AC Driver PWB solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 8 LVPS ASSEMBLY REPLACE Go to step 9 Problem MENT solved Replace the LVPS Assembly Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 9 FUSER ASSEMBLY REPLACE Go to step Problem MENT 10 solved Replace the Fuser Assembly Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 10 MCU PWB REPLACEMENT Go to step Problem Replace the MCU PWB 11 solved Is the Electrical Noise problem still present 11 MAIN DRIVE ASSEMBLY Go to Problem REPLACEMENT Suspect solved Replace the Main Drive Assembly Component Is the Electrical Noise problem still present S Rev A 113 EPSON EPL N4000 4 1 Overview This section contains the removal and replacement procedures for major parts and subsystems within the printer 4 1 1 Cautions before starting See the precautions below when disassembling or assembling EPLN4000 Switch off the printer power and disconnect
247. the Support Assembly and remove the Cover Remove the one screw securing the Rear Support Cover to the Support Assembly and remove the Cover Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Disconnect J603 Remove the four screws securing the MSI Support Assembly to the printer frame and remove the Assembly 4 2 24 2 Installation 1 Position the MSI Support Assembly a few inches from the printer frame Insert the wire harness into the cutout in the printer frame Slide the two positioning pins that are located at both ends of the Support Assembly into the holes in the frame Use four screws to secure the Assembly to the frame Reconnect J603 Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly Reinstall the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 Reinstall the Rear Support Cover and use one screw to secure it to the Support Assembly Reinstall the Front Support Cover and use one screw to secure it to the Support Assembly Reinstall the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 SSH472F Figure 4 35 Removal of MSI Support Assembly 148 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 25 MSI Size Sensor Assembly See MSI Tray Assembly on page 250 4 2 25 1 Removal 1 Remove the MSI Feeder Assembly MSI Feeder Assembly Manual Feeder on page 146 2 Place the MSI Feeder upside
248. the AC power cord from the wall outlet P4 Wait at least 30 minutes for the Fuser to cool before removing parts in the Fuser area W Since this printer weights approximately 50Kg at least two people should carry it when moving it Remove the EP Cartridge and cover it with a dark cloth or place it in a sealed container to protect it from exposure to light Disconnect all interface cables from the back of the printer B Wear an electrostatic discharge wrist strap to protect sensitive printer PWBs from damage Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 1 2 Tools The table below shows the tools recommended for disassembling and assembling Use only tools that meet these specification Table 4 1 Tools Name PNET Ele ia Code Driver No 1 O B743800100 Driver No 2 O B743800500 Driver O B743000100 A pair of tweezers O B641000100 Cutting Pliers O B740400100 4 1 3 Notations in the Manual O Locations such as R or right given in the manual assume you are facing the printer console panel Rear Front SER454FA Figure 4 1 Notations 115 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter A Disassembly and Assembly O Arrows in an illustration show direction of movement when removing a component O Slashes in a part name indicate that numerous components share the same heading and function For example Gears In Feed Out refers to Gear In Gear Feed and Gear Out Rev A 116 EPSON EPL N4000
249. the horizontal streaks gone switch OFF printer power when the Assembly print is halfway through the Fuser 2 Open the Left Upper Cover 3 Examine the paper areas before the image enters the Fuser and after the image exits the Fuser Is the image on the paper normal before it enters the Fuser but there are horizontal streaks visible when it exits the Fuser Rev A 101 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 43 Horizontal Streaks Step Actions and Questions Yes No 5 C262 MAIN CONTROLLER Problem Go to step 6 REPLACEMENT solved Replace the C262 Main Board Are the horizontal streaks gone 6 HVPS REPLACEMENT Problem Go to Replace the HVPS Assembly solved Suspect Components Are the horizontal streaks gone Rev A 102 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting 3 4 8 Spot Deletions OProblem There are areas of the image that are extremely light or missing entirely These missing areas form spots that are localized to small areas of the page LISUSPECT COMPONENTS The following components are associated with this specific problem One or more of these components may have failed partially or completely If you cannot isolate the problem using this FIP replace each component listed below one at a time until the problem disappears e No recommendations Table 3 44 Spot Deletions Step Table 3 45 Spot Delet
250. tor 2 N J b e sf sr1315x Figure 2 4 Motor Control 37 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 Paper Path The Paper Path is the physical route that a sheet of paper takes through the printer during a print cycle from leaving the Paper Cassette to arriving at the Output Tray Rubber rollers and other components drive the paper along the Paper Path Paper Feed Paper leaves paper tray Paper enters Xerographic eycle gt gt gt Paper Exits Sr1316 Figure 2 5 Print Cycle A sheet of paper may be fed from either Tray 1 Tray 2 or from the MSI At the start of a print cycle the Nudger Roll moves a sheet of paper into the Feed Roll The Feed Roll moves a single sheet of paper out of Tray 1 Tray 2 MSI and toward the Registration Roll The Retard Rolls in Tray 1 and Tray 2 or the Retard Pad in the MSI made sure that only one sheet of paper is fed If the paper was fed from Tray 2 or the MSI the Take Away Roll drives the paper to the Registration Roll The Registration Roll aligns the lead edge of the paper with the lead edge of the image on the drum The Registration Roll then drives the paper into the Drum BTR area The rotation of the Drum and BTR drive the paper into the Fuser where the Heat and Pressure Rolls drive the paper into the Offset Pinch Roll Rev A During simplex printing the Offset Roll drives the paper into the Output tray During duplex printing the Offset Roll
251. ure 4 12 Removal of Control Panel Rev A 124 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 6 Rear Cover 1TM See Rear Left and Right Cover on page 237 4 2 6 1 Removal 1 the printer frame Rev A Lift up on the Cover and remove it from the printer frame Figure 4 13 Removal of Rear Cover 1TM Disconnect all option plugs from the Plug Jack located at the rear of Remove the two screws securing the Rear Cover 1TM to the printer SSH459F Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 6 2 Installation 1 Reinstall the Rear Cover 1TM by first hooking the bottom edge of the Cover onto the frame then pressing the top of the Cover against the frame 2 Use two screws to secure the Cover to the printer frame 3 Reconnect the option plugs to the Plug Jack located at the rear of the printer 125 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapier A Disassembly and Assembly 4 2 7 Tray 1 Lift Up Motor 4 2 7 2 Installation See Tray Interface Tray 1 on page 240 1 Reinstall the Lift Up Motor onto the printer frame Be careful not to trap any wires between the Motor and the frame 4 2 7 1 Removal 2 Use three long screws to secure the Motor to the frame Use one 1 Slide Tray 1 halfway out of the printer screw on the lower left and two screws on the right side of the Motor 2 Remove the Rear Cover Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 3 Reconnect J203 to the rear of the Lift Up Motor 3 Disconnect the J203 from the rear of T
252. us 594 Finisher Stapler Front Straight X Error yyy 595 Finisher Stapler Rear Straight X LC1 LC2 LC3 LC4 LC5 DM Multibin Finisher yyy 3 number 596 Finisher Clamp Home XXXXXX yyy Jam X X XX LC1 101 LC1 X A B C DM D MP ENV LC1 LC5 E F G H LC2 102 LC2 Staple Supply Error LC3 103 LC3 Stapler Jam Error LC4 104 LC4 Fac down Full Error LC5 105 LC5 Multibin 1 Full DM 207 DM comunication Multibin 2 Full Error Multibin 507 Multibin communication Multibin 3 Full Error Finisher 607 Finisher communication Multibin 4 Full Error 511 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Multibin 5 Full Error 512 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Multibin 6 Full Error 513 Finisher Stacker Tray3 Multibin 7 Full Error 521 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Upper Limit Multibin 8 Full Error 522 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Upper Limit Multibin 9 Full Error 523 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Upper Limit Multibin 710Full Error 531 Finisher Stacker Tray1 Lower Limit Finisher 1 Full Error 532 Finisher Stacker Tray2 Lower Limit Rev A 76 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 3 Troubleshooting Table 3 5 Printer Message Message Classification Table 3 6 Printer Message Finisher 2 Full Error Finisher 3 Ful Error Insert Imaging Crtg 2 Error Duplex Mem Overflow Error Image Crtg ID Error Error Invalid ROM B ES Image Crtg R
253. ustment The MCU PWB controls the rest of the ROS Assembly functions C262 main board processes video data sent from a host computer The ESS PWB then passes that data on to C262 main board which controls the flow of video data to the Laser Diode PWB C262 main board switches the laser diode on and off according to the image data being sent from C262 main board When the data signals for a black pixel C262 main board rapidly switches the Laser Diode on and off The MCU PWB provides the 5VDC needed to drive the Laser Diode The CRU Interlock Switch cuts 5VDC to the Laser Diode when the EP Cartridge is not in place in the printer The MCU PWB provides the 24VDC needed to run the ROS Motor The MCU PWB also provides the signal RMOT ON that switches the ROS Motor on and off To reduce ROS Motor wear the MCU switches off the ROS Motor after 15 minutes of printer inactivity The MCU PWB provides the 5VDC signal 5V needed by the SOS Sensor The Sensor returns information about the start of each scan to the MCU through the SOS signal RE ROS Assembly Laser Diode PWB Modulated Laser Beam gt Start of Scan Sensor Scanner Motor PWB Scanner Motor Figure 2 22 ROS Control 48 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O ROS Safeguards There are two safety interlocks built into the CRU cavity A molded tab located at the end of the EP Cartridge actuates Interlock SW1 w
254. ution should be exercised in performing procedures preceded by DANGER Headings WARNING Signals a precaution which if ignored could result in damage to equipment The precautionary measures itemized below should always be observed when performing repair maintenance procedures DANGER 1 ALWAYS DISCONNECT THE PRODUCT FROM THE POWER SOURCE AND PERIPHERAL DEVICES PERFORMING ANY MAINTENANCE OR REPAIR PROCEDURES 2 NOWORK SHOULD BE PERFORMED ON THE UNIT BY PERSONS UNFAMILIAR WITH BASIC SAFETY MEASURES AS DICTATED FOR ALL ELECTRONICS TECHNICIANS IN THEIR LINE OF WORK 3 WHEN PERFORMING TESTING AS DICTATED WITHIN THIS MANUAL DO NOT CONNECT THE UNIT TO A POWER SOURCE UNTIL INSTRUCTED TO DO SO WHEN THE POWER SUPPLY CABLE MUST BE CONNECTED USE EXTREME CAUTION IN WORKING ON POWER SUPPLY AND OTHER ELECTRONIC COMPONENTS WARNING REPAIRS ON EPSON PRODUCT SHOULD BE PERFORMED ONLY BY AN EPSON CERTIFIED REPAIR TECHNICIAN 2 MAKE CERTAIN THAT THE SOURCE VOLTAGES IS THE SAME AS THE RATED VOLTAGE LISTED ON THE SERIAL NUMBER RATING PLATE IF THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS A PRIMARY AC RATING DIFFERENT FROM AVAILABLE POWER SOURCE DO NOT CONNECT IT TO THE POWER SOURCE 3 ALWAYS VERIFY THAT THE EPSON PRODUCT HAS BEEN DISCONNECTED FROM THE POWER SOURCE BEFORE REMOVING OR REPLACING PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARDS AND OR INDIVIDUAL CHIPS 4 IN ORDER TO PROTECT SENSITIVE MICROPROCESSORS AND CIRCUITRY USE STATIC DISCHARGE EQUIPMENT SUCH AS ANTI STATIC WRI
255. vers removed or the ROS interlocks bypassed 2 3 1 1 Housed inside the ROS Assembly O Laser Diode Assembly LD A semiconductor Laser Diode that generates a 5 milliwatt class 3B laser beam Circuity on the LD PWB maintains the laser output power at a constant level The LD PWB is electrically connected to the MCU PWB and to the C262 Main Board The MCU provides power and control circuitry C262 Main Board provides the video data input from the host computer O Corrective Lenses and Angled Mirror Four lenses two small one medium and one wide and an angled mirror focus the laser beam and direct it toward the Polygon Mirror O Polygon Mirror A twelve side rotating mirror that is attached to the Scanner Motor Assembly The movement of the rotating Polygon Mirror reflects the laser beam in a sweeping motion from side to side across and through the wide lens 46 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 2 Operating Principles O Scanner Motor Assembly The Scanner Motor Assembly is attached to the Scanner Motor Assembly PWB The 24VDC Motor rotates at a constant speed The Scanner Motor Assembly is electrically connected to the MCU O Wide Lens A lens that focuses the beam coming from the Polygon Mirror and directs it onto the Angled Mirror O Drum Mirror Angled so it reflects the laser beam coming from the Angled Mirror down onto the surface of the drum O SOS PWB Start Of Scan Sensor The SOS Sensor is in line with the laser beam sweep The l
256. voltage readings between P J X and P J Y without specified pin numbers check all voltage carrying pins Refer to the Wiring Diagrams for signals and pin numbers When you are instructed to take a voltage reading the black probe is generally connected to a pin that is either RTN Return or SG Signal Ground You can substitute any RTN pin or test point in the printer and you can use FG Frame Ground in place of any SG pin or test point Unless a FIP instructs you otherwise before measuring voltages make sure the printer is switched ON the Print Cartridge and the Paper Cassette are installed and the Main Interlock Switch is actuated 74 EPSON EPL N4000 9 10 11 All voltage values given in the FIPs are approximate values Actual measured voltages may vary more than 25 from the values stated in the FIPs The main purpose of most voltage readings taken in the FIPs is to determine whether or not a component is receiving the correct HIGH voltage value from the power supply and if gating a voltage drop occurs during component actuation Gating signals may be nothing more than a pulse resulting in a momentary drop in voltage that may be difficult or impossible to read on the average multimeter FIPs may instruct you to remove or replace a component Refer to Section 10 Removal and Replacement Procedures for information on how to remove and reinstall a component When a FIP instructs you to replace a compo
257. witches on the Offset Motor The Motor drives the Offset Bracket toward the front of the printer The Bracket pushes the Offset Roll along with it The Offset Rolls drive one sheet of paper into the Face Down Output Tray The MCU switches the Offset Motor on again and the Motor drives the Offset Bracket back to the rear of the printer taking the Offset Roll with it The Offset Rolls drive the next sheet of paper slightly offset from the last sheet into the Face Down Output Tray Figure 2 16 Offset Drive Mechanism Rev A Main Drive Assembly SER716FA Chapter 2 Operating Principles 2 2 11 Paper Path Component Control The logic on the MCU PWB controls the Paper Path components Sensors along the paper path monitor the movement of each sheet of paper and send information back to the MCU The MCU provides the timing and data processing necessary to actuate clutches and solenoids switch motors on and off and to identify paper jams The MCU PWB provides the 24VDC drive signals for the Main Motor the Offset Motor and the assortment of clutches and solenoids within the printer The MCU PWB also provides 5VDC to the paper path sensors Pa d l N Main Motor MSI Feed Clutch Feed Clutch 1 Feed Clutch 2 Registration Clutch MCU PWB Td N Lift Up Motor 1 K Exit Gate Solenoid Invert CW Clutch Invert CCW Clutch sr1319xa Figure 2
258. with the foot of the Lever facing out 4 Rotate the Switch Lever so it is straight up and slide it onto the f GE F5230 j Bracket Press and release the Lever to make sure it is functioning Malls correctly F5231 SSH344F 5 Open the Duplex Unit and the Left Upper Cover Figure 4 85 Removal of Left Cover Interlock Switch Rev A 201 EPSON EPL N4000 4 2 69 MCU Machine Control Unit PWB See HVPS and MCU PWB on page 266 4 2 69 1 Removal 1 Remove the Rear Cover Assembly Rear Cover Assembly on page 122 2 Disconnect the seventeen P Js that are connected to the MCU PWB 3 Remove the four screws securing the MCU Bracket to the printer frame and remove the Bracket and the attached MCU PWB 4 Remove the six screws securing the MCU Cover to the MCU Bracket and remove the Cover B Wear an electrostatic wrist strap and use caution when working with the MCU PWB Static electricity can damage the sensitive electronics of the MCU Handle the MCU PWB by the edges of the PWB or by the plastic connectors mounted on the board Never touch any of the ICs that are mounted on the PWB 5 Place the Bracket and MCU on a flat non conductive surface 6 Remove the four screws securing the MCU PWB to the MCU Bracket 7 Hold on to one of the plastic connectors mounted on the PWB and lift the MCU off of the Bracket Rev A Chapter 4 Disassembly and Assembly PAST gp P
259. x 7 3 22 ROS Assembly PL11 4 12 po Table 7 43 Parts Name for ROS Assembly No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 ROS ASSEMBLY SER522FC Figure 7 45 ROS Assembly Figure 7 46 Xerography and Development Transport Chute Assembly Rev A 256 EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 3 23 Xerography and Development Table 7 44 Parts Name for Xerography and Development PL11 4 20 No in the Figure Unit Parts Name 1 BTR ASSEMBLY with 2 7 2 BTR FRONT LEVER 3 BTR ROLL 4 BTR 5 BTR POSITIONING PIN 6 BTR GEAR 7 BTR GEAR LEVER 8 BTR DTS GUIDE ASSEMBLY with 9 11 9 BTR DTS GUIDE BRACKET 10 BTR LEAD PLATE 11 DTS LEAD PLATE 12 DTS KUBJ ROD 13 DTS LINK ROD 14 TONER EMTPTY SENSOR 15 TONER SENSOR SPRING 16 CRU CONNECTOR ASSEMBLY with 17 20 17 CRU CONNECTOR J454 lt gt J606 18 CRU CONNECTOR BRACKET 19 CRU CONNECTOR SPRING 20 STUD SCREW 21 BTR GUIDE 22 CB ASSEMBLY 23 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY with 24 and 25 24 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH BRACKET 25 CRU INTERLOCK SWITCH ASSEMBLY 26 H Se SERS23FC 27 PLATE CONTACT C 28 PLATE CONTACT D id PUES TUB Figure 7 47 Xerography and Development 30 EP CARTRIDGE Customer Replaceable Unit CRU Rev A 257 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 7 3 24 Fuser Assembly Table 7 45 Parts Name for Fuser Assembly No in the
260. x 3 gt LL el o o N eo o o e e o o o wo S 4 S S 5 N 3 D D M M N M a a a a EECCCCELIA D g ew SN mS N i A N R W SC Se LN E AEN v NN S 3 A E SET LN CN PS Ex SER204XA Figure 7 5 P J Location Map4 218 Rev A EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix P J142 F5231 F5230 P J141 P J140 P J143 P J144 nu J612A B J611A B J613A D SER222XA P J607 Figure 7 8 P J Location Map7 P J241 P J240 SER221F Figure 7 7 P J Location Map6 Rev A 219 Chapter 7 Appendix EPSON EPL N4000 SER219F Figure 7 9 P J Location Map8 220 Rev A EPSON EPL N4000 Chapter 7 Appendix 7 1 3 Signal Information Table 7 8 Signal Name
261. y ssssssseeeee 156 Removal EE 156 EC UE e EE 156 MS Bag edet dee t ete edat oi etis 157 Removal usse a fe EE a ee Eee 157 EC UE e EE 157 MSI Friction Olutch nnns 158 Removal citro t Dette e re i eei en 158 Installation 158 MSI No Paper Sensor Assembly sss 159 Removal iiic Diets ata 159 InstallatiOrtz atte ertet rn eot Pc ai di 159 L H Low Cover Aesembhy sse 160 Removal EE 160 le UE e Lu EE 161 Left Lower Cover Assembly sssssssssseeees 162 FREMOVAl EEN 162 InstallatiOFi TTT 162 Left Lower Cover Pinch Roll Assembly 163 Removal vides vete EE 163 Installation iiec l os 163 EPSON EPL N4000 Left Lower Cover Interlock Switch oooconccnncncnonononinononncncnonononos 164 Removal EE 164 Installation 164 Tray 2 Take Away Gens 165 LEIALA Ze EEE EEPE E 165 Installation E 165 Registration Clutch nnns 166 Removals utm nette datei 166 InstallatiOn WEE 166 Left Upper Cover Assembly sssssseee 167 Removal iaa eee oio etre nhat 167 InStallatiON 168 Left Chute Aesembhy nne 169 REMOVAll Zeeche eet geed 169 Installation unidad 169 Registration Chute ASSeMbDlY sse 170 Removal titt b p d ebrietate 170 INStAN ATION EE 170 Registration Roll Assembly AAA 171 Removal setis aa eege da 171 InstallatiOn WEE 171 Registration Sensor coococccconococnnncccconccononnnnnnncc nono nn nano cc rnnrnnnan cnc 172 Installati N aim di a dd do 172
262. y See Registration on page 253 4 2 41 1 Removal 1 Remove the Left Upper Cover Assembly Left Upper Cover Assembly on page 167 Remove the Registration Clutch Registration Clutch on page 166 Remove the screw securing the Inner Cover to the printer frame and remove the Inner Cover Remove the EP Cartridge EP Cartridge Toner Cartridge on page 174 Remove the screw securing the Magnet Plate to the printer frame and remove the Plate Remove the two screws under the Magnet Plate securing the front of the Registration Chute to the printer frame Remove the two screws under the Registration Clutch securing the rear of the Registration Chute to the printer frame and remove the Chute Disconnect P J103 from the Registration Sensor 4 2 41 2 Installation 1 Reconnect P J103 to the Registration Sensor 2 Reinstall the Registration Chute Assembly into the printer frame Make sure the mylar strip is on the outside of the Chute Rev A Align the four screw holes two at each ena in the Registration Chute with the four screw holes in the printer frame Use two screws to secure the Chute to the front of the frame and use two screws to secure the Chute to the rear of the frame Reinstall the Magnet Plate to the printer frame and use one screw to secure the Plate Reinstall the Inner Cover to the frame and use one screw to secure the Cover Reinstall the Left Upper Cover
263. y Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Exit Roller Pressure Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Drum Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR BTR Registration Registration ae i 5 Roller Roller egistration Sensor Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller Feed Nudger MSI Feed Roller Feed Nudger Roller Roller a MSI Nudger Roller E MSI Nudger Roller Retard Roller Retard Roller Take Away Sensor Sap Take Away Sensor Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Rolle d SSH667F Take Away Sensor Retard Roller Se H672F Take Away Roller Figure 2 32 Paper Feeding from Tray1 Figure 2 33 From Registration Roll to BTR Drum Rev A 56 Chapter 2 Operating Principles EPSON EPL N4000 O Fusing and Paper Eject Fuser Exit Sensor Offset Roller Exit Roller Registration Sensor Roller Retard Roller Switch Assembly Offset Roller Heat Roller Fuser Exit Sensor Drum Exit Roller Pressure Roller BTR Registration Sensor MSI Feed Roller MSI Nudger Roller Take Away Sensor Take Away Roller Feed Nudger Roller Take Away Roller Take Away Sensor Retard Roller
264. y is too light tep ctions and Questions es B The image may also be unfused due to 3 IMAGE DEVELOPMENT INSPEC Go to step 4 Replace the insufficient image density TION HVPS Assembly 1 Remove the Rear Cover Ee ECT COMPONENTS 2 Generate a Grid Test Print and switch The following components dis OFF printer power halfway through the associated with this specific problem print cycle One or more of these components may 3 Open the Left Upper Cover have failed partially or completely If 4 Open the Drum Shutter you cannot isolate the problem using 5 Hand rotate counter clockwise the this FIP replace each component Main Drive Motor to advance the Drum i far enough so you can see the listed below one at a time until the developed image area on the Drum problem disappears before it reached Transfer Is the image on the drum completely e ROS Assembly developed with sharp black easily e MCU PWB read areas 4 IMAGE TRANSFER INSPECTION Go to step 5 Replace the Table 3 27 Light Prints 1 Carefully remove the Test Print BTR generated in step 3 Assembly If the problem Step Actions and Questions Yes No 2 Inspect the print persists Was the toner image on the drum replace the 1 PAPER INSPECTION Load fresh Go to step 2 transferred completely to the paper HVPS Is the paper wrinkled or dimpled dry paper And are the grid lines black and Assembly unbroken 2 EP CARTRIDGE REPLACEMENT Problem Go to step 3 Install a new E

SERVICE MANUAL

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents